Tigercat 875 Logger Operator's Manual - PDF DOWNLOAD

875 LOGGER

OPERATOR'S MANUAL SERIAL NUMBER 8750501 TO 8752000

875-110

ISSUE 2.0, MAY, 2015 Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 637 Brantford, Ontario Canada N3T 5P9 Tel: (519) 753-2000 Fax: (519) 753-8272

ii

Tigercat 875 LOGGER TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................................v STANDARDS, ROPS, FOPS, OPS, TOPS.............................................................................................. vi NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES................................................................................... vii SAFETY.....................................................................................................................................................1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION................................................................................................................2 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE.......................................................................................................3

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

875 Logger Available Literature Operator's Manual, English - 8750101 TO 875500.............................. Part No. 41268AENG Operator's Manual, English (this manual) - 8750501 TO 8752000...... Part No. 43554AENG Service Manual, English - 8750101 TO 875500................................... Part No. 41269AENG Service Manual, English - 8750501 TO 8752000................................. Part No. 43555AENG Parts Catalog - 8750101 TO 8752000.................................................. Part No. 41270A

iii

Introduction

Tigercat 875 Logger

iv

Tigercat 875 Logger

INTRODUCTION An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are made available by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the 875 Loggers Serial numbers: 8750501 TO 8752000 The 875 Logger configured as a Harvester is designed for harvesting trees, at-the-stump processing or roadside processing applications in thinning, selective felling and clear felling applications in plantations and natural stands or The 875 Logger configured as a Loader is designed for log processing, sorting, log transferring and loading.

The operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the 875 Logger. The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to ensure optimum machine performance.

Section 1 in both the operator's manual and the service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals, DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures.

Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine.

The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information.

Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual.

Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page.

The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

v

Introduction

Tigercat 875 Logger

THIS OPERATOR ENCLOSURE MEETS THE FOLLOWING PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE STANDARDS: ISO 8082-2: 2011 (ROPS) ROLL OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES ISO 8083: 2006 (FOPS) FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION STRUCTURES ISO 8084: 2003 (OPS) OPERATOR PROTECTION STRUCTURES ISO 12117: 1997 (TOPS) TIP-OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES WorkSafeBC: G602, G603, G604, G608 Oregon OSHA: 437-007-0775: 11, 14b, 14c AS 4988: 2002 New Zealand OPS Grade 1 MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS: The integrity of the ROPS, FOPS, OPS, TOPS structure and its continued ability to provide the level of protection it was designed for could be seriously affected by any modifications to the structure, its mounting or to the chassis to which it is attached.

Tigercat emphasizes that the certification of approval of the ROPS, FOPS, OPS, TOPS structure will become void if any such modifications take place.

Tigercat may officially grant approval for modifications only by: i)

Written approval of repairs or modifications signed by the Tigercat Engineering Manager; or

ii) Approved modifications officially released by Tigercat.

Both of the above are provided that the work is carried out in the factory approved manner.

Unauthorized modifications and/or repairs made or contributed to by a customer or a Tigercat distributor may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the customer or Tigercat distributor will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for situations arising from having created unauthorized modifications/changes to the structure.

Operator's cabs are designed to ROPS, FOPS, OPS, TOPS standards so that they will withstand force and absorb energy during a roll over (ROPS) or tipover (TOPS), when resisting the impact of a falling object (FOPS) and minimize the possibility of operator injury from penetrating objects (OPS).

When a permanent deflection of the structure occurs, the structure can no longer provide the original designed level of protection and should be replaced.

Attempts to straighten the structure, particularly by the application of heat, can reduce still further the structures remaining capability to protect.

Use only the recommended adhesive for fastening windows. Operator protection standard requirements may not be met if an adhesive other than the one recommended is used. Replace windows only with factory approved parts.

The mounting and the frame or chassis to which the cab is attached is considered an integral part of the ROPS, FOPS, OPS, TOPS structure and is included in the design, test and certification of the product.

Contact the Tigercat Service department before attempting any modifications or repair to roll over protective structures.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vi

Tigercat 875 Logger

Introduction

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES

The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and its ability to perform safely could be at serious risk.

IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only to be undertaken as follows: i) The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat. ii) Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager.

AUTHORIZATION BY ANY OTHER PERSON IS UNACCEPTABLE. Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in having created this situation.

Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment. Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from non-approved field product changes to its product.

Should Tigercat become involved in a dispute resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests.

The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified.

Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vii

viii

Tigercat 875 LOGGER SECTION 1 – SAFETY Read and understand this safety section prior to operating any equipment.

Read and understand all manuals for any attachment or accessories.

CONTENTS - SECTION 1

ISSUE 2.0, MAY, 2015

B

BACKOVER ACCIDENTS – AVOIDING..................................................................................................... 1.8 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH......................................................................................................... 1.12 BATTERY SAFETY.................................................................................................................................... 1.7 C

CAB EXITS...............................................................................................................................................1.10 CHAIN SHOT...........................................................................................................................................1.15 COOLING SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 1.22, 1.42 D

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID......................................................................................................................... 1.9 E

EMERGENCY EXITS............................................................................................................................... 1.10 ESCAPE HATCH.................................................................................................................................. 1.10 SIDE WINDOW..................................................................................................................................... 1.10 ENGINE DOORS...................................................................................................................................... 1.23 EXHAUST FUMES................................................................................................................................... 1.23 F

FELLING TREES......................................................................................................................................1.15 FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................. 1.29 DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES....................................................................................... 1.33 FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES....................................................................................................... 1.29 WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED............................................................... 1.32 WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE......................................................................... 1.30 WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS............................................................................. 1.31 FLUID INJECTION INJURY..................................................................................................................... 1.24 FLUID LEAKS..........................................................................................................................................1.21 G

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................ 1.3 GREASE INJECTION INJURY................................................................................................................. 1.25 H

HARVESTING ATTACHMENT – GENERAL SAFETY............................................................................. 1.13 SERVICING AND REPAIR.................................................................................................................... 1.14 HARVESTING HEAD, SERVICE............................................................................................................. 1.14 HAZARD ZONE..........................................................................................................................................1.4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE HAZARD.............................................................................................. 1.20, 1.21 I

INTERLOCK SWITCH, SAFETY.............................................................................................................. 1.10 L

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE?........................................................................................................ 1.26 LIQUID STARING AID................................................................................................................................ 1.9 LOOSE CLOTHING HAZARD.................................................................................................................. 1.22 N

NOTICE LABELS..................................................................................................................................... 1.45 P

PARKING THE MACHINE PARKING HAZARDS............................................................................................................................ 1.12 PARKING THE MACHINE (TIER 2 MACHINES).................................................................................. 1.12 PARKING THE MACHINE (TIER 4 MACHINES).................................................................................. 1.12 PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS, USING.................................................................................................... 1.25 PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK........................................................................................................ 1.20

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

PROTECTIVE CLOTHING......................................................................................................................... 1.3 R

REFUELING...............................................................................................................................................1.9 S

SAFETY HAZARDS – OPERATING.......................................................................................................... 1.6 SAFETY HAZARDS – VITON SEALS........................................................................................................ 1.6 SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES ON CAB DOORS............................................................................. 1.10 SAFETY LABELS..................................................................................................................................... 1.34 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL....................................................................................................... 1.3 BACKOVER ACCIDENTS...................................................................................................................... 1.8 HAZARD ZONE...................................................................................................................................... 1.4 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING..................................................................................................................... 1.3 VITON SEALS........................................................................................................................................ 1.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING.................................................................................................... 1.9 HARVESTING ATTACHMENT - GENERAL SAFETY........................................................................... 1.13 INTERLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................... 1.10 LIQUID STARING AID............................................................................................................................ 1.9 PARKING THE MACHINE.................................................................................................................... 1.12 SEAT BELT.............................................................................................................................................1.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING......................................................................................... 1.20, 1.26 DISCONNECT BATTERY CABLES........................................................................................................ 1.7 FLUID INJECTION INJURY.................................................................................................................. 1.24 GREASE INJECTION INJURY............................................................................................................. 1.25 HOT FLUIDS AND MACHINE SURFACES, WARNING....................................................................... 1.20 PRIOR TO WELDING........................................................................................................................... 1.21 SAFETY SYMBOLS................................................................................................................................... 1.3 SEAT BELT.................................................................................................................................................1.9 SIGNAL WORDS........................................................................................................................................ 1.3 W

WELDING, PRIOR TO............................................................................................................................. 1.21 WORKING WITH OIL................................................................................................................................. 1.5

1.2

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SAFETY SYMBOLS

Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all.

To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the operators manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed.

This safety alert symbol means attention!

Become alert, your safety is involved!

Always read the operators manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death.

Follow the instructions in the safety message.

UNDERSTANDING SIGNAL WORDS

DANGER Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Do not let untrained persons operate the machine.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary.

These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels.

1.3

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

43424BUNI R0

The following diagram illustrates the HAZARD ZONE. All personnel should be made AWARE of the HAZARD ZONE and be kept clear of this zone and it should be considered off limits to all individuals while the machine is operating.

Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing.

Always use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

The HAZARD ZONE should be considered off limits to all individuals.

Do not jump off the machine at any time.

Do not try to climb onto or off of a moving machine.

150 m (500 ft)

Do not use the seat armrest or joystick as a handle when entering or leaving the cab.

Do not use the machine foot controls as steps.

150 m (500 ft)

150 m (500 ft)

150 m (500 ft)

860C-039

HAZARD ZONE

When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the three point technique; use one hand with two feet or two hands with one foot.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away from the machine and all related attachments including the grapple, delimber, topping saw and ground saws until the operator recognizes your presence.

Make sure that all equipment is shut down with the attachment resting securely on stable ground before advancing to the machine.

WARNING

Always avoid the discharge path of all saws.

Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces. Dry, deice, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with an anti-slip material before mounting or dismounting the machine.

1.4

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

WARNING

Check all fluid levels.

Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery and do not provide a safe foot hold.

Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, oil shields, or other devices removed.

WARNING It is not recommended to walk on machine surfaces that are not designated walking areas.

No attempt should be made to walk on angled steel surfaces or surfaces that are irregular in shape.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

Walking surfaces on the machine must be covered with anti-slip materials to provide a safe foot hold and prevent slipping.

WORKING WITH OIL Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints (example: eczema). Strict hygiene should always be observed.

These anti-slip surfaces should be maintained on a regular basis. If the surface shows signs of wear, the anti-slip material must be replaced immediately.

Some advice which should be observed: • Oils used in this machine may be hot enough to cause serious burns.

To reduce risk of fire, machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately, always turn off engine before cleaning machine.

• Avoid contact with oil, particularly heated oil.

• Oil on the skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water.

• Wear protective gloves. Hands should be clean before putting on gloves. Apply protective cream to the hands to make washing easier.

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

• Don't put oily rags in your pockets.

Machine should be washed completely at every major service.

• Oil soiled clothing should be changed as soon as possible.

Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to structures.

• Always keep an extra overall handy, but not in the machine where it can become dirty.

Check for fluid leaks, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

• Cuts and abrasions must be attended to immediately. Clean them and apply first-aid.

• Avoid breathing in oil fumes.

Check windows and door guards for damage.

• Wash hands and arms frequently (example: at each meal break or as often as possible).

Check protective windows for cracks, a damaged window has reduced strength to stop flying objects. All damaged windows must be replaced with original equipment.

• Oily rags and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by attachment manufacturer.

Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair clear visibility all around the machine.

1.5

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

SAFETY HAZARDS – VITON SEALS O-rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material (fluorine rubber) produce a highly corrosive acid (Hydrofluoric) when subjected to temperatures above 315°C (600°F).

SAFETY HAZARDS - OPERATING Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle is provided and approved with seating for the operator only.

This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact.

Do not allow anyone to operate the machine who may not be physically fit or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire:

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Extra clearance may be required particularly where the ground is uneven.

• Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat; they will appear black and sticky.

• If these are found, do not Touch!

• Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets. If fluoro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

• Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

• Any soiled rags and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

Approach with extreme caution any area where overhanging electrical power lines are present.

Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

NOTE: Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing.

Maintain a distance of 3 m (10 ft) between the machine or boom and any power line carrying up to 50,000 volts or less plus 10 mm (0.5 in)for each addition 1,000 volts above the 50,000 volt level.

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for your own protection.

If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle. Refer to TRANSPORTING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

1.6

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components.

Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE and let run for approximately 5 minutes to allow gradual dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

WARNING Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Wash hands after handling.

Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine and cooling system may become very hot when the engine has been running. Contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

If acid is accidentally splashed into your eyes, flush immediately with clean water and get medical attention.

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company’s regulations for the operation of this machine.

Do not attempt to charge a frozen battery; it can explode.

Disconnect battery before working on electrical systems as follows:

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by attachment manufacturer.

• Turn off battery disconnect switch in cab.

• Disconnect negative starter motor cables from both battery posts.

WARNING Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

• Disconnect positive battery solenoid cables from both battery posts.

Connect ground terminal last when reconnecting.

Do not short out battery terminals for any reason.

Serious burns or an explosion can result.

CAUTION Lead-acid batteries contain sulphuric acid which can severely damage eyes or skin on contact. Always wear a safety face shield, rubber gloves and protective clothing to reduce risk of accidents.

Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gasses. Keep arcs, sparks, open flames and lighted tobacco a safe distance from the batteries.

1.7

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

AVOID INJURY FROM BACKOVER ACCIDENTS Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear of the area.

Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use horn to warn bystanders before moving the machine.

When using a signal person, keep the person in view at all times. Always be sure the signal person is clear before backing up.

To avoid backover accidents: • Always look around before you back up. Be sure that everyone is clear.

• Keep motion warning alarm in working condition. The motion warning alarm must sound when the machine is moving in forward or reverse.

• Use a signal person when backing up if view is obstructed. Always keep the signal person in view.

• Learn the meaning of all flags, signs and markings on the job site and who is responsible for signaling.

• Keep windows, mirrors and lights in good condition.

• Dust, heavy rain, fog, snow etc. can reduce visibility. As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

1.8

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety FOR TIER 4 MACHINES ONLY:

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

S≤15 mg/kg

Turn off engine when refueling – do not refuel the engine while smoking or near open flame or ULTRA LOW SULFUR FUEL ONLY sparks.

41581AUNI R0

36686AUNI R0

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) may irritate eyes or skin. Do not get in eyes. Do not get on skin.

Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refueling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

First Aid treatment: DEF contains Urea. If swallowed call a Poison Control Center or doctor immediately. Do not induce vomiting. If in eyes rinse with water for 15 minutes. If on skin rinse well with water. If irritation persists seek medical treatment.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine.

Sound the machine horn before starting the machine.

WARNING Use only diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications. Never fill the DEF tank with any other fluid.

DEF fluid is injected into the exhaust gas stream during normal operation of the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system.

The operator's seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

Use of other fluids may cause component damage, or a fire risk which could result in death or serious injury.

Start the engine by following the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

Never use a liquid staring aid to start an engine.

This machine is equipped with a computer controlled heating element in the engine intake system. Starting fluids will explode on contact with the heating element.

1.9

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

Before transporting the machine check that all doors, panels and access covers are properly installed and secured.

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON REAR DOOR The rear door is equipped with a safety interlock switch to prevent the machine from being operated while the rear door is open (pilot system is shut off).

EMERGENCY EXITS There are three ways to exit the cab in case of an emergency.

SWITCH

• Rear door, this is the main point of entry and is the only door that should be used under normal operating conditions to enter or leave the cab. This door is also equipped with a SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH. See SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON REAR DOOR in THIS SECTION.

INTERLOCK SWITCH (REAR DOOR)

822-D02

• Escape hatch, use if the rear door exit has become blocked.

Lift the red PILOT OFF lever and confirm the yellow PILOT OFF light is ON before removing seat belt. Do not use the rear door interlock switch to turn pilot OFF.

This hatch is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. ALWAYS turn off engine before using the escape hatch exit.

NOTE: The engine can be started but the machine functions cannot be operated with the door open.

• Side window, should be used for emergency exits only. This window is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. Shut engine OFF before using the side window as an exit.

WARNING The door safety interlock switch and the pilot reset lever are a safety feature and their function must not be defeated in any way.

To operate:

It is important the operator of the machine be familiar with these emergency exits and how to use them.

Close the rear door, START the engine and lower the PILOT LEVER. NOTE: The engine cannot be started if the lever is activated first, the lever must be UP to start the engine.

All operators should practice using all the cab exits to become familiar with escape procedures should they need to perform them in the dark, when the machine is in a rolled position, or other possible adverse condition.

All three exits should be checked to make sure that they are operational and will function in an emergency. The safety interlock mechanism on the rear door must not be tampered with or defeated.

Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

WARNING

IMPORTANT! Unlock rear door before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure the door and escape hatch are operational, open the door twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle. Ensure the escape hatch can be opened from inside and outside of the cab

1. When the engine is running, do not allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

2. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. Never operate the boom or attachment over the heads of bystanders.

For additional information, refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. 1.10

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety Park machine at least 15 m (50 ft) away from other equipment and in a cleared area. In the event of a fire, this distance will minimize the chance of the fire spreading to other equipment.

3. Never travel near co-workers or other pieces of equipment with attachment running.

4. Do not allow people or other pieces of equipment near the machine during operation.

Before leaving operator's cab, lower the attachment onto the ground.

5. Do not turn on attachment until machine is at the working site.

If out of the operator's cab for an extended period shut the machine off.

6. Use only prearranged and approved signaling practices.

WARNING

Do not open an escape hatch or the cab door to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

Keep the cab door closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab.

Keep the cab door closed and use seat belt when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the operator's cab.

Secure loose items in the cab.

Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure the machine responds correctly.

Make sure that all safety screens and guards including the escape hatch are installed and properly secured.

Always rest the attachment on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or turned off.

Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator’s seat.

Watch for ground hazards such as metal debris, wire fencing or rocks.

When travelling position attachment and boom so as not to impair vision.

If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog, rain or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored.

CAUTION Do not open cab door when cab is on a slope. The door is heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured.

Anyone opening the door and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

1.11

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

WHEN PARKING THE MACHINE (TIER 2 MACHINES) 1. Park on level ground only and engage the swing brake.

WHEN PARKING THE MACHINE (TIER 4 MACHINES) 1. Park on level ground only and engage the swing brake.

2. Do not park on a hillside or incline.

2. Do not park on a hillside or incline.

3. Lower attachment onto level ground.

3. Lower attachment onto level ground.

4. Stop the engine.

4. Stop the engine.

OFF 24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

24863A

ON 24863A R0

5. Turn the battery disconnect switch off if the vehicle is to be parked for an extended period of time (Example – overnight). The battery disconnect switch is located in the cab on the left pillar.

5. Turn the battery disconnect switch off if the vehicle is to be parked for an extended period of time (Example – overnight). The battery disconnect switch is located in the cab on the left pillar.

NOTE: Tier 2 machines are equipped with an after run/accessory relay. The relay disconnects power to the engine and related fuses 90 seconds after the battery disconnect switch has been turned off. The following is still powered during the 90 seconds:

NOTE: Tier 4 machines are equipped with an after run/accessory relay. The relay disconnects power to the engine and related fuses 90 seconds after the battery disconnect switch has been turned off. The following are still powered during the 90 seconds:

• ECU relay

• ECU/ATS relay

When transporting the machine watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

• NOx Sensor relay • NOx Sensor fuse • ECU Power fuse • DCU fuse

Before transporting the machine check that all doors, panels and access covers are properly installed and secured. Improperly secured doors or panels pose a serious danger to pedestrians and other vehicles.

Whenever the engine is turned off, all DEF is pumped back to the tank before the engine power system is turned off. This process takes approximately 90 seconds. Refer to DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST/SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION SYSTEM in SECTION 3 for more information.

When transporting the machine watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

Before transporting the machine check that all doors, panels and access covers are properly installed and secured. Improperly secured doors or panels pose a serious danger to pedestrians and other vehicles.

1.12

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

HARVESTING ATTACHMENT – GENERAL SAFETY Improper operation, maintenance or repair of this product can be dangerous and could result in injury or death. Do not operate or perform any maintenance or repair of this product until you have read and understood the operation and repair information contained in the manuals provided by the attachment manufacturer.

OPERATION: Felling trees with the harvester is very dangerous and should be done only by properly trained and experienced operators.

WARNING The operator must release trees from the attachment, place attachment on the ground, and shut pilot system off if someone enters into the hazard zone.

The following are general safety guidelines for harvesting attachments. Note the design, operation and maintenance of attachments varies among manufacturers. Always follow the specific safety, maintenance and operating procedures provided by the attachment manufacturer.

• Lower the attachment to the ground and turn pilot system off whenever machine is not in use.

• Always fell trees in the direction that they are leaning.

The operator of the carrier and harvesting head must be properly trained in the operation of the equipment and its safety requirements.

• Never fell trees close to overhead power lines, vehicles, houses, roads/pathways, etc.

PRIOR TO STARTING OPERATION:

• Do not allow anyone within the Hazard Zone of 150 m (500 ft) from the machine during operation.

WARNING

• Never fell trees when there are personnel on the ground within the 150 m (500 ft) Hazard Zone.

The attachment may release held trees when the cab front door is opened, the pilot system is turned off or the fire suppression system is activated. Never exit the cab with a tree suspended in the attachment.

• Never fell trees in the direction of the operator’s cab.

• Ensure no one is near the machine where the risk of personal injury is present.

DANGER Do not operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

• Ensure no one is in the line of the chain saw when starting or operating the harvesting head. The hydraulically driven saw chain reaches high speeds and is an extreme hazard if the chain breaks.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

• Regularly inspect, check and maintain the saw guide (bar), the saw chain and sprocket, ensuring that all components are secure and not damaged as detailed in the harvesting attachment operator’s manual.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Ensure that all safety equipment upgrades available from the attachment manufacturer have been installed.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended function.

• Before starting each shift the operator must test ALL functions of the carrier and attachment to ensure that they are in proper working order.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

1.13

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety SERVICING AND REPAIR Before beginning any service work on the harvesting head, place the machine on level ground, place the attachment on the ground and properly support the boom (FIG. 5).

WARNING Avoid the risk of chain shot. Never operate the attachment so that the saw bar is directly in line with the cab or any personnel!

• Do not process trees with the saw guide (bar) aligned with the operator’s cab. The hydraulically driven saw chain reaches high speeds and is an extreme hazard if the chain breaks.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

• Operate so that the chip discharge area of the harvesting head is not directed at people, livestock, houses, buildings, roads or other machines.

845C-020

FIG.5 - PARKING BOOM

Stop the machine engine and turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position. Install any safety chains or locking parts required by the attachment manufacturer. Ensure that any accumulators on the attachment are completely relieved of hydraulic pressure. Always follow the specific safety, maintenance, and operating procedures provided by the attachment manufacturer.

• Be particularly observant with the zone in line with the chain saw.

WARNING

• Never place any part of your body between the drive wheel arms or delimbing arms. This area is a crush zone. Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

• Never place any part of your body near the drive wheels. Avoid the risk of entanglement in moving parts. Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

• Never place any part of your body in front of the saw guide (bar). Avoid the risk of dismemberment. Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

• THROWN OBJECTS HAZARD. • KEEP CLEAR AS HIGH SPEED EJECTION OF CHAIN SAW PARTS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

• When working in the area of the drive wheel arms, delimbing arms, or drive wheels and when changing the saw guide (bar) or saw chain the machine must be completely shut down, with the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

• NEVER POSITION HEAD SO THAT CHAIN SAW BARS ARE IN LINE WITH ANY BYSTANDERS, OTHER MACHINES OR CAB.

• Do not change the pressure settings of any hydraulic valves or make structural modifications to the harvesting head without obtaining authorized instructions from the attachment manufacturer.

29921A R1

1.14

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

CHAIN SHOT - LOGGING SAFETY

3. At the peak of the whip, chain parts may break loose and be ejected at high speed, especially if the free end of the saw chain strikes the saw box.

Chain Shot is the high-speed ejection of chain parts that can occur in the event of a derailed or broken chain. While the risk of a chain shot event can't be eliminated, it can be minimized by following some simple operational recommendations.

CHAIN TRAVEL

WARNING There is risk of serious injury or death to machine operators and bystanders from chain shot. Follow the manufacturer's application and maintenance instructions and those provided for the equipment on which the cutting chain is used.

575-501

FIGURE 3

WARNING

Generally, chain shot originates near the driven end of the cutting system, but can also originate from the guide bar tip area. In either situation, it poses the same risk of serious injury or death to the machine operator and any ground personnel nearby.

CHAIN SHOT HAZARD! It is the operator's responsibility to ensure any bystanders and themselves are not in the plane of the cutting chain.

Orient bar and chain so high velocity parts are thrown away from people and equipment.

Refer to applicable manuals for additional safety information

HOW CHAIN SHOT OCCURS 1. After a chain breaks, the free end of the chain begins to whip away from the break.

CHAIN TRAVEL

DRIVE SPROCKET

GUIDE BAR TIP

CHAIN BREAK 575-499

FIGURE 1

2. If the chain is not contained by the saw box or by a chain shot guard, the broken saw chain’s free end can speed up rapidly, carrying immense dynamic energy.

CUTTING PLANE 575-502

Saw chain pieces usually travel in the cutting plane of the guide bar, but can deviate to either side. Although the shot cone zone reflects the most likely chain shot path, deflection can occur, substantially expanding the distance and area chain pieces may travel.

CHAIN TRAVEL

CHAIN'S FREE END 575-500

FIGURE 2

1.15

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety The stay back distance will help reduce the risk of a chain shot injury, but not eliminate it.

The following items should be observed in accordance with the saw manufacturer's recommendations: • Cutting system maintenance.

• Saw chain maintenance.

• Clean and dress guide bars on a regular basis.

• Replace worn drive sprockets.

575-503

Do not exceed the manufacturer’s recommendations for chain speed. Cutting systems must be inspected frequently. Dull, damaged saw chains should be immediately removed from service for inspection, repair or replacement. Saw chain loops which have broken twice, must be removed from service.

CAN CHAIN SHOT BE ELIMINATED? In simple terms, no, it can’t. Properly designed chain shot guards and shields reduce the danger of a chain shot from the drive sprocket area.

However, there is currently no known way to place similar guards in the guide bar tip area without significant disruption to the cutting operation.

Because no guarding is currently possible in the guide bar tip area, chain shots can be generated and pose the same risk of serious injury or death as those generated at the drive sprocket area.

Drive sprockets must be aligned with the groove of the guide bar. Ensure the saw chain/guide bar lubrication system is functioning properly. For example: • Cutting systems using 0.404 in. pitch should use approximately 7.6 L (2 gal) of guide bar/ chain lubricant or more per eight hour shift in harvesting operations - more when used in processing operations.

Care should be taken to minimize the exposure of the machine operator and ground personnel to the cutting plane of the cutting system and shot cone zone. Ground personnel should stay back at least 150 m (500 ft) away and outside the shot cone zone of a working machine.

15

0

m

• Cutting systems using 0.75 in. pitch should use approximately 9.5 L (2.5 gal) or more per eight hour shift in harvesting applications more when used in processing operations.

(5

00

ft)

HAZARD ZONE 860C-446

Chain shot projectiles travelling at the speed of a bullet can travel far beyond the above recommended stay back distance.

1.16

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

OPERATIONAL RECOMMENDATIONS

Conduct proper guide bar maintenance:

In general:

• Clean the guide bar groove from bar tip to bar tail and keep the oil hole open.

• Never begin a cut with the machine operator and ground personnel in the shot cone zone.

• Turn the guide bar over on a daily basis to equalize wear.

• Always begin a cut as close to the ground as possible.

• Cycle the guide bar several times to remove moisture from the guide bar tip.

• Always use new and approved parts when assembling and repairing chain.

• Ensure you maintain proper chain tension, checking it often.

• Maintain chain in agreement with chain manufacturer’s recommendations.

• During work breaks and at the end of each shift, relieve chain tension to prevent damage to the guide bar tip, saw motor and/or the chain as the chain cools and contracts.

• Never force a dull chain to cut. A sharp chain places less wear and tear on the cutting system.

• Reduce chain speed.

• Chain should be sharpened or replaced with a sharp chain at least once per operational shift, or more often if damaged.

In simple terms, your attachment, when operational, should be treated as if it is two loaded guns (the bar tip and the bar tail) that pose a risk of serious injury or death to the machine operator and ground personnel.

• Depth gauges (rakers) must be maintained through the life of a chain.

• Never exceed your chain manufacturer’s operation recommendations.

The risk of a chain shot event cannot be eliminated, but the risks can be reduced by following the recommendations provided by your cutting system manufacturer, and the operational recommendations presented here.

In cold cutting conditions: • Use a lighter weight lubricant, if possible, doubling the flow rate.

• Periodically cycle the guide bar without cutting (air cuts), this increases lubricant present on the cutting system.

• Reduce bar feed force.

1.17

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety Working with the harvesting head in close to the machine: • Increases operator visibility, permitting better placement of the head on the tree and improving awareness of saw bar location and penetration, tree species and areas of rot, splits and crooks.

• Reduces the potential for damage to both the standing trees and the harvesting head and stick boom components.

• Improves the stability of a machine working on uneven ground as the weight of the boom, head and tree need not be extended as far out in front of the machine.

HARVESTING HEAD CONTACT WITH CAB The boom of this machine is designed to enable the harvesting head to be tucked in close to the operator’s cab. This ability maximizes the maneuverability of the harvesting head to work around standing trees and while thinning in dense stands. See Figure 2.

• Broadens the working area that can be reached by the boom and thereby lessens the need to reposition the machine as frequently during harvesting operations.

800-01A

FIG. 1 - HARVESTER HEAD TUCKED IN CLOSE

1.18

FIG. 2 - HARVESTER HEAD SWINGING

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

Operators of these machines are advised that working with the harvesting head in close to the machine also increases the chances of the harvesting head making contact with the front area of the cab, particularly if the head is swinging backwards as it dangles from the end of the stick boom. See Figure 2.

Should contact between the harvesting head and the cab occur at any time during the operation of the machine, the following procedure must be completed.

1. Inspect the cab and the front window immediately to determine if any damage has occurred.

For all machines equipped with a harvesting head, the following procedures must be followed during the operation of the machine to avoid contact of the harvesting head with the cab.

2. Be certain to read, understand and follow the instructions. Refer to WINDOWS – CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS and INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

1. When nearing the boom positions shown in Figure 1.

• Always keep the head in the upright harvesting position.

• Do not tilt the head from the harvesting to the processing position as the saw housing may contact the cab.

• Reduce the speed of boom movement.

Rapid movement could cause the base of the harvesting head to swing backwards towards the cab.

• Avoid any sudden movements with the track drive system as this could cause the head to swing backwards into the cab.

2. Never bring the harvesting head in close to the machine while the harvesting head is swinging on the end of the stick boom. See Figure 1.

3. Do not use the head to pull downed trees directly towards the cab. If the clamping arms slip on the tree, the head may quickly swing towards the cab.

1.19

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in section 3 of the THIS MANUAL.

875-003

The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

WARNING

24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

When servicing or repairing equipment, shut the engine down. Turn battery disconnect switch OFF and lock out the switch in accordance with local regulations. This machine is equipped with a remotely operated battery disconnect relay.

Some wiring on the machine is live even when the battery disconnect switch is off. When servicing the electrical system, remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative cables first.

Warning, hot fluids and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns!

• Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

• Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

Follow applicable Lock-out procedures. Install a do not START ENGINE sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

• Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in section 3 of this manual for details.

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual and follow recommended procedures.

1.20

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

Prior to welding on any part of the machine, it should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher must be made available at the welding location.

XA2 CONTROL MODULES

Care must be taken in attaching the welding machine grounding clamp so current does not pass through bearings, especially the swing bearing.

Turn the battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cables from the batteries, negative (–) cables first.

CONNECTORS

This machine is equipped with sensitive electronic control equipment, prior to welding:

875-002

XA2 CONTROL MODULES IN BATTERY COMPARTMENT

The other two control modules are located in the battery compartment.

ECU MULTI-PIN CONNECTORS

WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death. If any fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.

ECU

875-177

Disconnect the engine ECU (electronic control unit) by unplugging the three connectors from the left side of the engine.

Also disconnect the engine ground connection at the chassis.

HARNESS CONNECTORS

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

XS2 CONTROL MODULE

CONNECTOR

875-009

CAB ELECTRICAL COMPARTMENT Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower the attachment to the ground, stop engine and relieve trapped pressure before performing work on components, or disconnecting any hoses. Accumulators will self drain within 2 minutes of stopping the engine.

Disconnect the two MD3 computer harness connectors in the cab electrical compartment and the three control module connectors. One control module is located in the cab electrical compartment.

1.21

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools including lifting equipment immediately.

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Turn off engine. Only remove radiator fill cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen the radiator fill cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine.

Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

Do not change any pressure or relief setting unless Tigercat authorized instruction has been obtained.

1.22

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety Before performing work under the boom system ensure it is firmly supported.

DANGER

When opening or closing the power operated engine door, watch for personnel in door areas.

Do not operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

If the engine is running inside a building, ensure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a build-up of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended function.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to remove toxic exhaust fumes.

If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING Always follow attachment manufacturer's instructions and safety warnings before approaching attachment to make adjustments.

DANGER Failure to follow all of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

Dispose of fluids properly. Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond, lake, ocean or any body of water. Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them. Dispose of the waste fluids according to local regulations.

CAUTION Do not open cab door or window when cab is on a slope. The door and window are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured.

When performing required hydraulic checks and speed adjustments install any attachment guards provided if equipped. Refer to attachment manufacturer's instructions.

Read, understand and follow all operating safety precautions specified by the attachment manufacturer.

Anyone opening the door or window and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

WARNING Do not work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

1.23

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

FLUID INJECTION INJURY

WARNING

Hydraulic and diesel fuel systems on forestry machines operate at very high pressures, often 207 bar (3000 psi) and above. If a loose connection or a defect in a hose should occur, a fine, high velocity stream of fluid will result. Even for systems pressurized to as little as 7 bar (100 psi), this fluid stream can penetrate human skin as if it were a hypodermic needle.

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

As always the best defense against suffering the effects of fluid injection is to prevent the accident from occurring in the first place.

WHEN SEARCHING FOR POSSIBLE FLUID LEAKS • Never search for leaks with your bare hands.

Always wear thick protective gloves.

• Be sure to wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Initially, an accidental fluid injection beneath the skin may only produce a slight stinging sensation.

There is a danger that you will tend to ignore this, thinking that it will get better with time. Most often, it does not! Within a very short time the wound may begin to throb painfully, indicating that tissue damage has already begun.

• Keep all body parts well away from the area being investigated for leaks.

• Use the end of a long piece of wood to move hoses or other obstacles.

Similarly fluid injected directly into a blood vessel can spread rapidly through your circulatory system. The human body has little ability to purge injected fluid.

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

• Place the end of a long piece of wood in the suspected path of any fluid stream. Never use any part of your body.

• Recognize that the source of the leak and the fluid streaming from it may be very small and not easily visible. You may only be able to see the fluid that accumulates as a result of the fluid stream.

Time becomes critical as tissue damage progresses rapidly. The longer you delay getting professional medical attention, the more damage can occur.

Although fluid injection accidents are rare, the resulting injury has on occasion required the amputation of a finger, a hand or in some cases the entire limb. The longer the delay in getting professional medical aid, the further up the limb the tissue damage can spread. An injury of this type can become very serious or even fatal if not dealt with promptly and properly.

WHEN PERFORMING ANY SERVICE WORK • Stop the engine and relieve all diesel fuel or hydraulic pressure before disconnecting any lines or otherwise working on the system.

• Never grab any hydraulic or diesel fuel connectors or hoses when they are subjected to pressure.

• Always ensure that hoses are rated for the pressures to which they will be subjected.

In the event of any suspected fluid injection injury

• Never use any hoses that you suspect could be defective.

• Report the injury to your supervisor IMMEDIATELY. • Seek professional medical attention IMMEDIATELY. 1.24

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

GREASE INJECTION INJURY WHEN USING PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS

Pneumatic grease guns can deliver grease at pressures from 17 – 400 bar (246 – 5801 psi).

It takes less than 7 bar (100 psi) to inject a substance through human skin.

ALWAYS get professional medical treatment immediately after any type of injection injury.

Provide the physician with information on the type of grease, the pressure setting of the gun, and similar details.

The amount of fluid injected, type of fluid (or material), pressure at which it was injected, and the elapsed time between injection and surgery all influence the chances of successful treatment for this type of serious injury.

Prior to using a high pressure pneumatic grease gun perform the following: • All operators of high pressure pneumatic grease guns MUST be trained in the hazards of its operations and the treatment for such injuries.

• Do not operate a high pressure pneumatic grease gun unless you have been trained in the proper operation and are aware of all safety precautions of such a tool.

• Wear protective clothing such as gloves, safety hat and safety glasses.

• Inspect all parts of the grease gun for wear and tear and replace all worn or damaged parts.

• Ensure that protective shrouds are installed on all grease gun nozzles as safety devices.

• Remove dirt and grease from grease fittings prior to greasing.

• Replace any defective grease fittings on equipment with new fittings immediately.

• When badly positioned fittings are identified, replace them with angled or swivel fittings for easier access.

1.25

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety LIGHTNING SAFETY In spite of the popular myth that being struck by lightning is an unlikely event, the facts show that lightning strikes occur frequently. As a result loggers are at high risk because their work is outdoors and close to known strike points such as tall trees and heavy equipment.

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS

Loggers can increase their chances of avoiding a lightning strike by following a few simple safety practices.

1. Designate a member of your crew to WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? Lightning is a discharge of the electricity produced by a thunderstorm. As the thunderstorm develops, many small particles of ice within the storm clouds bump together. These collisions create a positive charge at the top of a cloud and a negative charge at the bottom. As this continues a second positive charge builds up on the ground beneath the cloud, concentrated around high objects such as hills, trees, buildings, equipment and even people.

• Monitor daily weather forecasts • Observe local weather conditions • Alert all other members of the crew when a possible lightning threat develops.

2. Don’t start or continue any work that cannot be stopped immediately, when a storm moves nearby.

3. Anticipate a high-risk situation and take action early by moving to a low-risk location. Do not hesitate. If there is lightning, you are in danger.

When the difference between the electrical charge in the cloud and on the ground becomes great enough to overcome the resistance of the insulating air between them, an electrical current flows instantly. This is a lightning strike.

4. Obey the rule – If you see lightning, Flee. If you hear thunder, Clear.

5. Do not follow the now obsolete guideline to take shelter when the time between seeing lightning and hearing thunder is 30 seconds or less. This does not provide sufficient time to ensure safety. Always follow step 4.

The electrical potential in a lightning strike can be as much as 100 million volts. Lightning strikes can occur over very large distances, even as much as 60 km (37 mi). Lightning travels both in front of and behind a thunderstorm and so strikes happen even when rain has not started or has stopped.

Lightning can hit in the same place, many times and often spreads out over 18 m (60 ft) within the soil around the strike point.

6. Remain in your safe location for 30 minutes after the last sight of lightning or the last sound of thunder.

The safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed, substantially constructed building, a house, office, school, shopping area, etc. These are the safest because of the electrical wiring and plumbing that they contain. Should lightning strike, the electrical current will travel through the wiring or plumbing into the ground.

When such a building is nearby, always seek shelter there first.

Thunder always accompanies lightning. When lightning occurs, the air through which it travels is instantaneously heated to a temperature more than 28,000°C (50,000°F). The air expands rapidly due to this heating, then quickly contracts as it cools. It is this contracting shock wave that we hear as thunder.

In many areas of the world, lightning strikes are second only to flooding as the greatest cause of storm related deaths and injuries. Although only 10% of lightning strike victims are killed, virtually all from cardiac or respiratory arrest, over 70% of those that survive suffer severe, life-long injury and disability. The symptoms of a lightning strike include memory loss, fatigue, chronic pain, dizziness, sleeping difficulty and the inability to complete several tasks at one time.

1.26

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE OUTSIDE AND SEE LIGHTNING OR HEAR THUNDER. If you can, get inside.

1. Run to the nearest building, motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab immediately. Being anywhere outside is not safe.

2. If inside a building: • Do not watch the lightning storm from open windows or doorways. Stay in inner rooms.

• Stay well away from corded telephones, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures, radio microphones, electrical sockets and plumbing pipes and fixtures.

Unfortunately loggers do not often work close to buildings and therefore other alternatives need to be considered.

Sheds, weather shelters, hunting blinds, tents and other partially open or small structures are not safe against lightning strikes as they lack the electrically grounded components of larger buildings. They are intended for sun or rain protection only. Do not seek shelter from lightning strikes inside these structures.

3. If inside a motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab: • Under no circumstances whatsoever step outside of the vehicle or off the equipment to move to another shelter. Very dangerous electrical pathways to ground may go through you.

The second safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed car, van, truck or bus with a metal roof and metal sides. The electrical energy of a lightning strike to these vehicles is carried to ground by the conducting outer metal surfaces. This is called the skin effect.

• Shut down all operation, turn off the engine, close all doors and raise all windows.

• Sit squarely in the seat with your hands in your lap and your feet flat on the floor mat.

• Do not touch any metallic objects referenced to the outside of the vehicle. Do not touch any door and window handles, control levers, foot pedals, steering wheels, cab interior walls and any other inside to outside metal objects.

Do not seek safety from lightning strikes in vehicles with fiberglass or plastic body shells or in convertible top vehicles. None of these are safe, as they do not offer skin effect lightning protection.

Heavy forestry equipment such as a skidder, loader, feller buncher, forwarder, etc. with a fully enclosed rollover protective structure (ROPS) cab take advantage of the skin effect and are therefore safe in electrical storms.

• Do not touch any radio or telephone connected to an outside antenna.

However machines with a rollover canopy only are not safe against lightning strikes as they are open to electrically conductive rainwater and do not benefit from the skin effect. Operators of this equipment must abandon their machines and get to a safer location before lightning strikes.

NOTE: The rubber tires on motor vehicles and heavy equipment do not increase safety from lightning strikes. Lightning has already travelled a great distance through the air to strike the vehicle.

In comparison a few inches of rubber in a tire offers absolutely no additional insulation.

1.27

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety What to do if you feel your skin tingling, your hair stands on end, light metal objects vibrate or you hear a crackling sound.

Lightning is probably about to strike. You only have a few seconds to act.

Put your feet together. Crouch down like in a baseball catcher’s position. Hold your head down.

Cover your ears to protect them against the noise of the thunder.

Do not lie flat on the ground. By touching as little of the ground as possible, the lightning may not move across the ground to you.

What to do if a co-worker has been struck by lightning.

If you are caught outside and have nowhere else to go.

1. Avoid wide-open areas where you project above the surrounding landscape.

2. Seek shelter in a low place, such as a ditch, ravine, valley, canyon or cave.

1. The victim does not carry any electrical charge. There is no danger to anyone helping this person. You can touch him or her immediately.

3. Get away from open water such as ponds or streams.

4. Do not take shelter under any isolated tall trees or small groups of trees.

1. Call your local emergency response telephone number immediately.

5. Seek shelter amongst the dense, thick growth of the shortest trees.

2. If the victim has no pulse, their heart has stopped or they have stopped breathing, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) or mouth-to-mouth resuscitation immediately.

Use a portable defibrillator if one is available.

6. Avoid entering any small enclosures or shelters.

7. Do not seek shelter under any motor vehicle or heavy equipment.

3. Be careful about staying in the storm to take care of the victim. You can get hit by lightning too. If you can, move the victim to a building as soon as possible.

8. Keep clear of any materials that can conduct electricity such as wire fences and gates, metal pipes, poles, rails and tools.

9. Stay at least 15 m (50 ft) away from metal objects such as a fuel tank, a vehicle or machinery without a cab, motorcycle, ATV, etc.

To further increase your awareness about lightning safety, see the following web sites.

10. Stay at least 5 m (16 ft) apart from any other members of a group so that lightning won’t travel between you.

National Lightning Safety Institute http://www.lightningsafety.com

National Weather Service Lightning Safety http://www.lightningsafety.noaa.gov

11. Do not use the telephone except for emergencies.

1.28

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety and smolder. If dislodged this smoldering debris can fall into other areas of the machine and spread a fire.

FIRE PREVENTION

4. Clean out all accumulated forest debris and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift.

5. Inspect the machine regularly for any signs of diesel fuel or hydraulic system leakage.

Check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting up any equipment.

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris may cause a fire. When mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased.

6. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately.

The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement the operator’s fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires.

7. Steam clean the engine, hydraulic pumps, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments and all machine belly pans at least once a month or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum.

8. Use only non-flammable solutions for cleaning the machine and components.

1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT.

9. Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken or damaged pipes or muffler.

Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires. Do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

2. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator and charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler, diesel fuel cooler and air conditioning condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics and to maintain efficient operation of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

10. During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

3. Blow off all forest debris and fine organic material accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger, exhaust manifold, exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present. Visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness is vital. Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite

11. Park the machine at least 15 m (50 ft) away from other equipment at the end of each shift.

12. Never leave the machine parked with boom or attachment suspended off the ground.

Should their supporting hydraulic hoses burn through during a fire, pressurized hydraulic oil may be injected into the fire and the boom, arch or blade will fall rapidly to the ground.

1.29

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety 17. After transporting (trucking) a machine from one job site to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that may have repositioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

13. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to de-energize all electrical circuits.

14. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

18. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher must be close by.

19. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location.

20. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will most probably result.

EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY EFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS DRAMATICALLY or PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL. WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE • Prevent the fire from happening in the first place by ensuring that all machine systems are frequently inspected and always well maintained.

• Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and in working order. Fire extinguishers require routine care. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for inspection and maintenance shown on the label of the fire extinguisher and in the extinguisher manufacturer's manual.

• Ensure that any pressurized water systems on the machine (if applicable) are charged and in working order.

• Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile forestry equipment will be Class A or B.

15. Remove all keys, lock equipment and fuel fill cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism.

• Dry chemical extinguishers should be rated ABC and pressurized water extinguishers should be rated A.

16. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lighted cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere or when servicing batteries.

• Class A fires involve ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics, Class B fires occur with flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, oil and grease and Class C fires apply to energized electrical equipment.

1.30

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS • If operating the machine when a fire occurs:

• Make sure the nozzle of any hand held extinguisher and pressurized water system available on the machine and at the work site fits within the fire extinguisher access holes in the doors of the machine.

1. Lower all working attachments to the ground.

• Make sure your fire detection system* is in working order. Refer to fire DETECTION system in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

2. Shut the engine off.

3. Activate the fire suppression system**.

4. Radio or call for help. Be certain to report a fire immediately.

• Make sure your fire suppression system** is charged and in working order. Refer to fire suppression system in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

6. Exit the machine taking fire extinguisher and pressurized water system hose (if applicable) with you.

• Make sure you are familiar with the recommended procedures for fire contained in the emergency action plan of your company.

7. At all times ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution. All fires can be very dangerous and life threatening.

• Make sure you follow all national, state/ provincial and local regulations dealing with fire fighting in effect in your specific geographic region. Regulations will vary from region to region but most will usually require that:

• Before deciding to fight the fire, be certain that: 1. The fire is small and not rapidly spreading.

1. Workers assigned to fire fighting duties must be physically capable of performing them safely and effectively.

2. There is always a clear, safe escape route to your back.

2. Workers designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan must receive full and proper training from a qualified instructor.

3. You have received training in the use of the available fire extinguishing systems and are confident that you can operate them effectively.

3. Whenever portable fire extinguishers are provided for use in the workplace, training must be provided to familiarize workers with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with fire fighting.

4. If in any doubt about whether or not to fight the fire – DON’T. Instead stand well clear of the fire and wait for help to arrive.

5. Be aware that engine coolant, diesel fuel or hydraulic hoses could fail during a fire.

If this happens, hot coolant, fuel or oil could possibly be ignited by the fire.

4. Training must be provided upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter.

6. If possible a dry chemical fire extinguisher or fire suppression system** should be used first to fight a machine fire.

Then immediately afterwards use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a pressurized water extinguisher (if available). A fire suppressed by dry chemical may re-ignite from the heat retained by any debris or hot machine components in the area.

The water will cool the area, reducing the chances of re-ignition.

• Ensure that after you have received the training as outlined above, that you know how to use the fire extinguisher, the pressurized water system (if applicable) and the fire suppression system** on your machine.

There is not enough time available to read instructions during a fire emergency.

• Ensure that all information necessary for you to immediately contact all sources of help (local fire department, etc) in the event of a fire emergency is recorded and readily available at all times.

1.31

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

• Use the PASS method. This is the most effective use of a fire extinguisher.

WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED • Before returning the machine to work.

• Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being pressed.

Break the plastic seal as the pin is pulled.

1. Ensure the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed.

• Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire. Do not aim the nozzle at the flames. In order to put out the fire, you must extinguish the fuel, not the flames. Hose nozzles are often clipped to the extinguisher body. Release the hose before taking aim.

2. Ensure the fire detection system* or the fire suppression system** is properly serviced and in working order (if applicable).

3. Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged.

• Squeeze the handle to release the pressurized extinguishing agent. The handle can be released at any time to stop the discharge.

• Notify your equipment dealer and/or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101. *NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine. **NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

• Sweep from side to side at the base of the fire until the fire is completely out or the fire extinguisher is empty

20229A

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

• Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher.

• Only if you can safely do so, open the access panels to the machine in the area of the fire.

• Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine.

• Ensure the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire so that re-ignition does not occur.

• Remain with the machine until help arrives.

1.32

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

DRY CHEMICAL CLEAN-UP PROCEDURES Both ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers and fire suppression systems discharge a chemical powder to extinguish the fire. The chemical makeup and the small particle size of the powder as well as the force of the discharge all contribute to the fire fighting capability. These same characteristics also permit the powder to penetrate into and fully cover all components in the vicinity of the discharge.

3. In areas exposed to heat during the fire, the dry chemical powder will melt forming a coating that cakes or crusts on all surfaces.

To break down the caked dry chemical, spray or wash these areas with a 50/50 mixture of hot water and isopropyl alcohol. Allow this mixture to stand in place for several minutes.

The caked dry chemical when exposed to moisture is also mildly acidic. Therefore when the break down procedure has been completed, follow this immediately with the neutralizing procedure as described in step 2.

The following are recommendations for the clean-up and neutralizing of areas exposed to dry chemical powder.

Workers performing this work should wear protective clothing, safety goggles and a fine particle dust mask to minimize their personal exposure to the dry chemical powder.

Ensure that all electrical systems have been completely de-energized prior to any cleanup.

1. In areas of the machine that remained cool and dry during the fire, the dry chemical will stay in powder form.

Be certain to clean these areas immediately to prevent any settled residual powder from coming into contact with moisture whether through direct contact or humidity in the air.

Remove the powder residue by blowing off with air, sweeping, dusting or vacuuming using a HEPA filter capable of trapping the small dry chemical particles. Then wipe all surfaces with a damp cloth.

2. In areas exposed to moisture, the dry chemical powder will combine with water to form a paste that is mildly acidic. Note that all surfaces covered by this dry chemical paste including electrical contacts are vulnerable to corrosive attack.

To neutralize the acidic paste on large surfaces, spray or wash these areas with a mixture of 3 parts hot water to 1 part baking soda. Allow this mixture to stand for several minutes before rinsing with warm water. Wash the area with a mild soap and water solution.

Rinse thoroughly with water. Blow-dry to remove all residual water.

Cleaning of electrical contacts should be done using an electrical contact cleaner that has no flash or fire point and is non-corrosive and non-conductive such as CRC Contact Cleaner 2000.

1.33

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety READ AND UNDERSTAND THE OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

SAFETY LABELS SAFETY LABELS

The following safety labels must be periodically cleaned and inspected to ensure legibility is maintained. Replace any label that becomes illegible, damaged or removed.

OPERATOR'S MANUAL LOCATION

This label indicates the storage location of the operator's manual. This label is located on the outside of the operator's manual case inside the cab.

KEEP CLEAR

Always read the operator's manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications. The operator's manual will help to understand how the machine works and how to properly operate the machine. In addition, read and understand all manuals for any attachments or accessories.

43424BUNI R0

All personnel should be made AWARE of the HAZARD ZONE and be kept clear of this zone and it should be considered off limits to all individuals while the machine is operating.

The HAZARD ZONE is the area around the machine when the machine is being operated.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away from the machine and all related attachments including the grapple, delimber, topping saw and ground saws until the operator recognizes your presence.

Make sure that all equipment is shut down with the attachment resting securely on stable ground before advancing to the machine.

Always avoid the discharge path of all saws if equipped.

1.34

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

EMERGENCY EXIT, HAND TIGHTEN ONLY

SLIPPERY SURFACE - NO STEP

This label is located on each of the escape hatch clamp-brackets to indicate the escape hatch can also used as an emergency exit.

This label warns of a slippery surface, DO NOT STEP OR WALK on the surface. This label is affixed to the right hand service door. The right hand service door is equipped with a non-skid work surface, standing and working on the work surface only, is recommended.

The label also indicates the escape hatch knobs should be hand tightened only to allow for easy exit.

Make sure all exit locations are functioning properly.

Refer to EMERGENCY EXIT – MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

Do not stand or work on the area of the door panels that are not equipped with a non-skid work surface material. Falls caused by slippery surfaces can result in personal injury.

EXPLOSION HAZARD

MAXIMUM WEIGHT RESTRICTION

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

This label warns of an EXPLOSION HAZARD. It is located on the end of the air cleaner (air filter housing). The engine is equipped with a heater starting aid, do not use ether to assist in starting the engine.

MAX 225 kg (500 lb)

Using ether could cause an explosion which could result in death or serious injury.

52484BUNI R0

This label is located on the right hand service door. It warns of a maximum weight restriction on the right hand service door. MAXIMUM 225 kg (500 lb). Exceeding the weight limit can cause failure of the service door which could result in personal injury.

1.35

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

STORED ENERGY HAZARD

NO RIDERS

NO RIDERS INSIDE OR OUTSIDE OF THE MACHINE. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle seating accommodation is for one operator only.

Persons riding on the outside of the machine are subject to hazards such as falling off the machine, crush hazards, thrown object hazards and many other hazards which could result in death or serious injury.

This label warns of a STORED ENERGY HAZARD. This label is located on the underside of the hydraulic valve compartment door and the side of the steps above the hydraulic pumps.

The machine is equipped with an accumulator (located in the hydraulic pump area, attached to the bottom side of the pilot valve). The accumulator has stored energy in the form of hydraulic pressure. Servicing the accumulator or any hydraulic components before releasing pressure could result in death or serious injury.

If any person attempts to climb onto the machine during operation, stop the machine immediately. Do not Operate the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

Do not service accumulator or any hydraulic components before releasing pressure.

Refer to RELEASING PILOT PRESSURE FROM THE ACCUMULATOR in THIS SECTION.

1.36

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

ELECTROCUTION HAZARD!

ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

55992BUNI R0

This label warns of the potential of a severe shock hazard. It is located on the top frame of the battery compartment housing.

Contact with electric lines WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY! Do not move any part of the machine or load within 10 feet (3m) plus 2 times line insulator length of any electric lines!

Turn off battery disconnect switch before removing the battery compartment cover.

Make sure the positive battery cables are disconnected before performing any service.

Before beginning work in any area study the area thoroughly and become familiar with any potential hazards especially electrocution hazards from electric lines.

Do not short out battery terminals for any reason.

Serious burns and/or an explosion can result.

Read and understand all service manual instructions before servicing this machine.

KEEP BACK

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all equipment has been shut down before advancing to the machine.

This label warns personnel to KEEP BACK 150 m (500 ft) due to flying projectiles and falling trees. Danger exists predominantly around the harvesting head.

1.37

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

CRUSH AND THROWN OBJECT HAZARDS

CRUSH HAZARD

High speed ejection of chainsaw parts, heavy branches, woodchips and debris could enter cab resulting in death or serious injury.

Contact with falling or swinging logs could result in death or serious injury.

Do not operate the machine when any personnel approach! If any person attempts to approach the machine during operation, stop the machine immediately. Approaching personnel are subject to crush injuries by falling or swinging logs which could result in death or serious injury.

Do not operate the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

Do not operate machine unless cab doors are closed and window openings are covered with proper protective glazing and/or screens.

Never position head so that the chain saw bars are in line with any bystanders, other machines or cab.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use, the risk zone is 150 m (500 ft).

Always be aware of the location of other machines and personnel who are working in the area and be prepared to stop operations if they enter your working area without warning, the risk zone is 150 m (500 feet). Be prepared for this potential and take appropriate action if required!

Before operating this machine close all windows and doors and ensure that all protective coverings are properly installed.

1.38

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

CRUSH HAZARD

CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of the crush hazard caused by boom movement. It is located on the hoist boom mounting saddle.

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by the cab tilt, engine enclosure roof and side door.

Movement of booms and cylinders could result in death or serious injury!

Make sure all personnel are clear when opening and closing the engine enclosure roof and right hand side door. Operating the engine enclosure roof and side door with personnel in the crush zone could result in death or serious injury!

Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating boom functions.

Do not approach the machine until the boom is lowered to the ground and the engine is turned OFF.

Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating the engine enclosure pump.

1.39

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety USE THE SEAT BELT AT ALL TIMES

CRUSH HAZARD

51554BUNI R0

Located on the hoist boom mounting saddle, this label warns of the crush hazard caused by boom movement. Make sure no persons are near the machine during operation.

Make sure the boom and attachment are securely braced and supported before attempting to adjust pressures or disconnect hydraulic lines. Serious injury or death could result from crushing.

Read and understand all service manual instructions before servicing this machine.

The operator’s seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use this restraint system at all times when operating the machine.

1.40

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

REMOVE IGNITION KEY BEFORE SERVICING THE MACHINE

ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD

36779BUNI R0

This label warns of an ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD (rotating parts) zone. The label is located on each side of the front of the engine which is near the engine serpentine drive belt.

Do not place hands or fingers in this area.

Rotating parts such as pulleys, belts and drives can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

Prior to performing any service work or maintenance on the machine, stop the engine, REMOVE THE IGNITION KEY and store it in a safe place.

Read and understand all service manual instructions before servicing this machine.

KEEP HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF ROTATING BELT, DRIVE OR PULLEY! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, shut engine off and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

1.41

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

CUTTING HAZARD

EXPLOSIVE RELEASE OF HOT COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURIZED FLUID

33952AUNI R0

This label warns of a PRESSURE AND FLUID SPRAY HAZARD when the coolant in the radiator is hot.

This label informs you of the cutting hazards of the cooling fan blade when the engine is running.

Never turn the radiator fill cap when the cooling system, including the radiator fill cap, is hot.

Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out can cause serious burns.

KEEP CLEAR of cutting hazards caused by rotating components.

The label is located on the side of the cooling fan shroud. Do not place hands or fingers in this area. Rotating parts such as cooling fan blades can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

Turn off engine. Only remove radiator fill cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen radiator fill cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

KEEP HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF ROTATING FAN BLADES! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, shut engine off and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

1.42

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety THROWN OBJECTS HAZARD

HOT SURFACES

WARNING

This label warns of hot machine and machine component surfaces. Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine and cooling system may become very hot when the engine has been running. Do no touch these hot surfaces, contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

• THROWN OBJECTS HAZARD. • KEEP CLEAR AS HIGH SPEED EJECTION OF CHAIN SAW PARTS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. • NEVER POSITION HEAD SO THAT CHAIN SAW BARS ARE IN LINE WITH ANY BYSTANDERS, OTHER MACHINES OR CAB.

• Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

29921A R1

This label informs you of the thrown objects hazard that exists when operating this harvesting head. Warn all personnel to stay 150 m (500 ft) away when operating the machine and head.

During operation objects can be thrown or ejected at high speed and can travel long distances.

Ejection of chain saw parts or other objects can cause serious injury or death.

• Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

• Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

Never operate or position the head with the chain saw bars in line with any bystanders, other machines or facing towards the operator’s cab.

Orient the bar and chain so high velocity parts are thrown away from any bystanders and equipment.

Always follow chain manufacturer’s guidelines for proper use and maintenance.

Always be aware of the location of other machines and personnel who are working in the harvesting area and be prepared to stop operations if they enter your working area without warning. Be prepared for this potential hazard and take appropriate action if required!

This label is located inside the cab in full view of the operator. Should this harvesting head be purchased loose without a machine, one of these labels will be sent along with the head to be affixed to the inside of the cab at a future date.

1.43

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

FIRE PREVENTION

CHECK DAILY

This label is installed in the cab. In addition to the previous label it is a reminder to check the machine daily for the possibility of debris build-up, leaks, damaged wires and hoses and take the necessary action required to clean up any debris accumulation, repair any leaks, damaged wires or hoses.

This label advises operators of the following: READ UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW THE FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES IN THIS MANUAL. These guidelines provide all the necessary action required to preventing fires on this machine.

Do not operate this machine until you have read these instructions and have performed any necessary maintenance required that will prevent the potential of a fire from starting on this machine.

The label also advises to check and ensure that all fire fighting devices are in good working order.

It is also important to note that fire prevention inspections and maintenance MUST BE PERFORMED FREQUENTLY (several times per day). A clean combustible free machine as well as frequent inspections of the exhaust components, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables and performing any necessary repairs immediately will help prevent fires.

Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the machine at all times, know where it is and know how to use it!

1.44

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

NOTICE LABELS HARVESTING HEAD CONTACT WITH CAB

This label indicates PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION. The label is installed on the operators cab door and the cab riser door.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE This label informs operators that working with the harvesting head in close to the machine also increases the chances of the harvesting head making contact with the front area of the cab, particularly if the head is swinging backwards as it dangles from the end of the stick boom.

This label indicates the location of each FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE. The label is installed on each fire extinguisher hole on the cab riser door, right hand and left hand service doors.

1.45

Tigercat 875 Logger

Safety

ENGINE IDLE

NOTICE

• DO NOT IDLE THIS ENGINE FOR MORE THAN 9 HOURS. • DAMAGE TO EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WILL RESULT.

63281BENG R0

This label informs operators that damage to the emission control system will result when the engine has idled longer than nine consecutive hours.

1.46

Tigercat 875 Logger SECTION 2 – CONTROLS & OPERATION CONTENTS - SECTION 2

ISSUE 2.0, MAY, 2015

A

AIR FILTERS............................................................................................................................................2.26 FRESH AIR FILTER.............................................................................................................................. 2.27 RE-CIRCULATING AIR FILTER............................................................................................................ 2.26 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - ENGINE............................................................................................................. 2.88 AIR CLEANER...................................................................................................................................... 2.88 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR.................................................................................................... 2.89 UNLOADER VALVE.............................................................................................................................. 2.88 AM/FM STEREO CD................................................................................................................................ 2.25 B

BATTERIES AND REMOTE DISCONNECT RELAY SWITCH................................................................. 2.84 BATTERY DISCONNECT - SWITCH....................................................................................................... 2.84 C

CAB CONTROLS A/C DEFROST SWITCH....................................................................................................................... 2.23 AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD................................................................................................................ 2.25 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH...................................................................................................... 2.18 BOOM CONTROLS - HARVESTER LEFT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER..................................................................................... 2.15 RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER.................................................................................. 2.15 BOOM CONTROLS - LOADER BUTT ‘N’ TOP/POWER CLAM GRAPPLE CONTROL OPTION CONTROL SWAP.......................................................................... 2.12 LEFT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER..................................................................................... 2.11 RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER.................................................................................. 2.11 RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL SWAP.................................................................................... 2.12 RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK TILT FLOAT............................................................................................. 2.12 BOOM CONTROLS - LOADER LIVE HEEL LEFT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER..................................................................................... 2.13 RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER.................................................................................. 2.13 BOOM CONTROLS - LOADER PULPWOOD LEFT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROLS............................................................................................... 2.14 RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROLS............................................................................................ 2.14 CIGARETTE LIGHTER - 24 VOLT....................................................................................................... 2.18 COMPUTER.........................................................................................................................................2.19 COOLING FAN SWITCH...................................................................................................................... 2.24 DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION............................................................................................................ 2.18 DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS - OPTIONAL........................................................................................ 2.26 ENGINE THROTTLE/IDLE SPEED CONTROL.................................................................................... 2.16 AUTO IDLE DOWN........................................................................................................................... 2.16 FAN SPEED - OFF/LOW/MED/HIGH................................................................................................... 2.23 FOOT PEDALS/LEVERS...................................................................................................................... 2.17 FRESH AIR BLOWER SWITCH........................................................................................................... 2.23 HEAT/COOL - VARIABLE..................................................................................................................... 2.23 HORN - SWITCH.................................................................................................................................. 2.16 HYDRAULIC TANK VENT SWITCH..................................................................................................... 2.24 INTERIOR LIGHTS............................................................................................................................... 2.25 INTERMITTENT WINDSHIELD WIPER/WASHER............................................................................... 2.23 KEY SWITCH, ENGINE START........................................................................................................... 2.18 MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY........................................................................................................ 2.19 PILOT RESET - LEVER AND PROXIMITY SWITCH........................................................................... 2.17 PILOT SYSTEM SHUT OFF - LIMIT SWITCH..................................................................................... 2.17 POWER ROOF AND SIDE DOOR - SWITCH...................................................................................... 2.20 ROOF ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT..................................................................................... 2.28 SERVICE LIGHTS - SWITCH............................................................................................................... 2.23 SIDE WINDOW..................................................................................................................................... 2.28 SLOPE INDICATORS........................................................................................................................... 2.26

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

STEERING............................................................................................................................................2.17 SWING BRAKE..................................................................................................................................... 2.23 TRACK DRIVE SPEED CONTROL...................................................................................................... 2.16 TRACK LIGHTS SWITCH..................................................................................................................... 2.24 TRAVELLING........................................................................................................................................2.17 WARNING DEVICES BUZZER............................................................................................................................................2.18 LIGHTS.............................................................................................................................................2.18 WORK LIGHTS SWITCH...................................................................................................................... 2.24 CAB TILTING............................................................................................................................................2.93 CAB TILTING PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 2.93 TRANSPORTING INSTRUCTIONS..................................................................................................... 2.96 TRANSPORTING MACHINE WITH CAB TILTED............................................................................................................................ 2.95 CARE OF THE MACHINE...................................................................................................................... 2.109 CASE DRAIN STRAINERS...................................................................................................................... 2.87 CLEANING CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS - POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS.........................................................2.111 CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES.............................................................................................2.111 GRAFFITI REMOVAL......................................................................................................................... 2.112 REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE).......................................................... 2.112 SIDE WINDOW SCREENS................................................................................................................ 2.112 CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER.................... 2.90 COMPUTER.............................................................................................................................................2.36 ADJUSTMENT MENU.......................................................................................................................... 2.42 ANTI-STALL MODE........................................................................................................................... 2.42 COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE..................................................................................................... 2.43 OIL GRADE....................................................................................................................................... 2.43 ALERT MESSAGES............................................................................................................................. 2.70 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................... 2.33 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS............................................................................ 2.33 ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................... 2.33 MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY MODULE.................................................................................... 2.33 XA2–A0 EXPANSION MODULE....................................................................................................... 2.33 XA2–A1 EXPANSION MODULE....................................................................................................... 2.33 XS2–A0 MODULE............................................................................................................................. 2.33 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE.................................................................................... 2.39 ENGINE MENU..................................................................................................................................... 2.38 ANTI-STALL ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................. 2.38 SELF WARM UP MODE................................................................................................................... 2.38 UNITS OF MEASURE....................................................................................................................... 2.38 ENGINE MENU - ENGINE FUNCTIONS.............................................................................................. 2.39 BATTERY VOLTAGE......................................................................................................................... 2.40 CHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE........................................................................................................ 2.39 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE.............................................................................................. 2.39 ENGINE HOURS............................................................................................................................... 2.39 ENGINE LOAD %............................................................................................................................. 2.39 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE................................................................................................................. 2.39 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE.......................................................................................................... 2.39 ENGINE SPEED............................................................................................................................... 2.39 FUEL RATE....................................................................................................................................... 2.40 FUEL TEMPERATURE..................................................................................................................... 2.39 TURBOCHARGER BOOST PRESSURE......................................................................................... 2.39 ENGINE TACHOMETER GAUGE........................................................................................................ 2.39 FUEL GAUGE....................................................................................................................................... 2.37 DEF GAUGE..................................................................................................................................... 2.37 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE......................................................................................... 2.45 2.2

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART...................................................... 2.51 INFORMATION MODE - FUNCTIONS................................................................................................. 2.45 AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTION................................................................................................ 2.45 HARVESTING HEAD HYDRAULIC SYSTEM PRESSURE.............................................................. 2.45 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE................................................................................................... 2.45 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM PILOT PRESSURE...................................................................................... 2.45 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM PRESSURE................................................................................................. 2.45 MACHINE HOURS............................................................................................................................ 2.45 MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER........................................................................................................... 2.45 TOTAL FUEL INFORMATION........................................................................................................... 2.46 TRIP FUEL........................................................................................................................................ 2.46 INFORMATION MODE MENU.............................................................................................................. 2.44 TRIP AVERAGE FUEL RATE - RESET............................................................................................. 2.44 UNITS OF MEASURE....................................................................................................................... 2.44 MAIN MENU.........................................................................................................................................2.35 MAIN MENU PAGE............................................................................................................................... 2.46 MAIN MENU PAGE, ADJUST MENU................................................................................................... 2.47 HYDRAULICS................................................................................................................................... 2.48 CONTROL ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS......................................................................................... 2.49 HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART............................................... 2.51 MACHINE PARAMETERS................................................................................................................ 2.47 AUTO IDLE.................................................................................................................................... 2.48 IDLE DOWN WAIT TIME............................................................................................................... 2.48 JOYSTICK MIN PRESSURE......................................................................................................... 2.48 TIMED PURGE INTERVAL............................................................................................................ 2.48 MAIN MENU PAGE - INFO MENU....................................................................................................... 2.58 LOGS................................................................................................................................................2.59 MODULES......................................................................................................................................... 2.58 MAIN MENU PAGE - MEASURE MENU.............................................................................................. 2.52 MAIN MENU PAGE - PREFERENCES MENU DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................. 2.55 DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT.................................................................................................................. 2.54 LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................. 2.57 MESSAGES..........................................................................................................................................2.60 ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW)....................................................................................................... 2.70 CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED).......................................................................................................... 2.61 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL............................................................................. 2.65 ERROR MESSAGES (RED)............................................................................................................. 2.66 INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE)............................................................................................... 2.79 MESSAGES - ALERT CHARGE FILTER (SWING).............................................................................................................. 2.71 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID < 5%....................................................................................................... 2.78 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL <10%.......................................................................................... 2.78 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL EMPTY....................................................................................... 2.78 ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED................................................................................... 2.72 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - ALERT.................................................................................. 2.77 ENGINE VOLTAGE HIGH................................................................................................................. 2.75 ENGINE VOLTAGE LOW.................................................................................................................. 2.75 HARDWARE FAILURE - COUT........................................................................................................ 2.75 HARDWARE FAILURE - DIN............................................................................................................ 2.74 HARDWARE FAILURE - DOUT........................................................................................................ 2.74 HARDWARE FAILURE - VIN............................................................................................................ 2.74 HARDWARE FAULT - MD3............................................................................................................... 2.73

2.3

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

HARDWARE FAULT - XA2................................................................................................................ 2.74 HARDWARE FAULT - XS2................................................................................................................ 2.73 HARVESTER INPUT ACTIVE DURING PILOT RESET................................................................... 2.72 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW.......................................................................................................... 2.72 JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK - LEFT....................................................................................... 2.72 JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK - RIGHT..................................................................................... 2.73 MODULE HIGH SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT.................................................................................. 2.76 MODULE HIGH TEMPERATURE - ALERT....................................................................................... 2.76 MODULE LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT................................................................................... 2.76 PILOT LEVER - STARTER DISENGAGED WHEN PILOT LEVER IS DOWN.................................. 2.73 MESSAGES - CRITICAL...................................................................................................................... 2.61 ENGINE LOCKED OUT.................................................................................................................... 2.64 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW........................................................................................................ 2.65 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH................................................................................................ 2.65 ENGINE RESTARTS REMAINING UNTIL ENGINE LOCKOUT....................................................... 2.64 HARDWARE FAULT - MD3............................................................................................................... 2.63 HARDWARE FAULT - XA2................................................................................................................ 2.63 HARDWARE FAULT - XS2................................................................................................................ 2.63 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL EXTREMELY LOW................................................................................... 2.62 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH......................................................................................... 2.62 MESSAGES - ERROR CURRENT OUTPUT ERROR (COUT)............................................................................................. 2.68 DIGITAL INPUT ERROR (DIN)......................................................................................................... 2.68 DIGITAL OUTPUT ERROR (DOUT)................................................................................................. 2.68 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR.................................................................................................... 2.69 MODULE VREF ERROR.................................................................................................................. 2.67 VOLTAGE INPUT ERROR (VIN)....................................................................................................... 2.68 MESSAGES - INFORMATION.............................................................................................................. 2.79 FAN FULL ON................................................................................................................................... 2.80 HYDRAULIC OIL SELF WARMUP BEGIN WARMUP ?................................................................... 2.79 SELF WARMUP ENGAGED............................................................................................................. 2.80 PREFERENCES MENU....................................................................................................................... 2.53 SELF WARMUP MODE (HARVESTER ONLY).................................................................................... 2.40 CONTROL ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS.................................................................................................... 2.49 D

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) LEVEL MESSAGES............................................................................ 2.78 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK................................................................................................... 2.99 E

ELECTRICAL COMPARTMENT - CAB.................................................................................................... 2.81 EMERGENCY EXITS CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH.............................................................................. 2.29 CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE WINDOW:............................................................................... 2.29 ESCAPE HATCH.................................................................................................................................. 2.28 ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT.................................................................................... 2.30 MAINTENANCE GUIDE....................................................................................................................... 2.29 ENGINE, COLD WEATHER STARTING................................................................................................ 2.104 ENGINE COMPARTMENT....................................................................................................................... 2.84 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - ALERT......................................................................................... 2.77 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL.................................................................................... 2.65 ENGINE HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES............................................................................................ 2.27 ENGINE, STARTING.............................................................................................................................. 2.103

2.4

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

ENGINE, STOPPING (TIER 2 MACHINES)........................................................................................... 2.107 ENGINE, STOPPING (TIER 4 MACHINES)........................................................................................... 2.106 F

FILTERS.................................................................................................................... SEE ALSO SECTION 3 FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT......................................................................................................................... 2.27 HYDRAULIC RETURN......................................................................................................................... 2.86 RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT...................................................................................................... 2.26 FUEL, REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 2 MACHINES)..................................................................... 2.97 FUEL, REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 4 MACHINES)..................................................................... 2.98 FUEL TANK..............................................................................................................................................2.97 FUEL TANK SHUT-OFF VALVES............................................................................................................. 2.97 FUSES AND RELAYS BATTERY BOX..................................................................................................................................... 2.84 ELECTRICAL BOX, CAB...................................................................................................................... 2.81 ELECTRICAL BOX, MAIN, SERVICE COMPARTMENT...................................................................... 2.82 H

HAND FILL PUMP.................................................................................................................................... 2.87 HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES (ENGINE).......................................................................................... 2.27 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL, HAND PUMP...................................................................................................... 2.87 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK............................................................................................................................ 2.85 HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART.......................................................... 2.51 L

LIGHT SWITCHES INTERIOR LIGHTS............................................................................................................................... 2.25 SERVICE LIGHTS................................................................................................................................ 2.23 TRACK LIGHTS.................................................................................................................................... 2.24 WORK LIGHTS..................................................................................................................................... 2.24 M

MACHINE PREPARATION..................................................................................................................... 2.108 MD3 COMPUTER.................................................................................................................................... 2.36 MD3 COMPUTER MAIN MENU............................................................................................................... 2.35 O

OPERATING MACHINE......................................................................................................................... 2.100 PRE-START CHECKS........................................................................................................................ 2.100 OPERATING THE HAND PUMP.............................................................................................................. 2.22 CLOSE ROOF AND RIGHT DOOR...................................................................................................... 2.22 OPEN ROOF AND RIGHT DOOR........................................................................................................ 2.22 P

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS.................................................................................................................. 2.7 PILOT RESET LEVER AND PROXIMITY SWITCH................................................................................ 2.17 PILOT SYSTEM SHUT OFF.................................................................................................................... 2.17 POWER ROOF AND RIGHT DOOR MANUAL OPERATION – HAND PUMP......................................... 2.21 POWER ROOF AND SIDE DOOR OPERATION SWITCH IN CAB................................................................................................................................... 2.20 R

REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 2 MACHINES)................................................................................ 2.97 REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 4 MACHINES)................................................................................ 2.98 RELAYS AND FUSES BATTERY BOX..................................................................................................................................... 2.84 ELECTRICAL BOX, CAB...................................................................................................................... 2.81 ELECTRICAL BOX, MAIN, SERVICE COMPARTMENT...................................................................... 2.82 REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE).............................................................. 2.112 S

SEAT........................................................................................................................................................2.31

2.5

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

STARTING THE ENGINE....................................................................................................................... 2.103 STEERING...............................................................................................................................................2.17 STEREO AM/FM RADIO/CD.................................................................................................................... 2.25 T

TRACK COMPONENTS MEASURING TRACK SAG................................................................................................................ 2.102 TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................. 2.102 TRANSPORTING INSTRUCTIONS......................................................................................................... 2.96 TRANSPORTING MACHINE WITH CAB TILTED.................................................................................... 2.95 TRAVELLING...........................................................................................................................................2.17 W

WINDOWS.............................................................................................................................................2.109 CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS........................................................................................ 2.109 CAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2.111 CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS...........................................................................................................2.111 CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES.........................................................................................2.111 FIRE PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................................................... 2.112 GRAFFITI REMOVAL...................................................................................................................... 2.112 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE............................................................................................... 2.110 RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS...................................................................................................... 2.110 RESISTANCE TO WATER.............................................................................................................. 2.110

2.6

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS Diagrams in pictorial form are used to represent machine function operation. They are a simple universal language of symbols or pictograms that illustrate a function or component without the use of words.

Examples of these pictograms are the turtle speed such as SLOW =

or FAST =

and the rabbit

that are often used to describe

.

The pictograms used on this machine are as follows:

= Adjustment Menu Icon

= Hoist Boom Up

= Air Conditioner ON = Hoist Boom Down =Air Conditioner OFF =Cigarette Lighter, 24 Volt = Air Source, Fresh Air = Control Lever Multiple Direction

= Air Source, Recirculate

= Critical Error Message

= Alert Message Symbol

= Critical Message

= Auxiliary Power Outlet 12 V

= Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF, AUS32, AdBlue)

= Auxiliary Power Outlet 24 V

= Defrost, Front Window

= Battery

= Engine Air Intake Pressure (Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted)

= Battery Disconnect

= Engine Air Intake Temperature

= Stick Boom In

= Engine Menu = Stick Boom Out = Engine Anti-stall

2.7

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

= Engine Anti-stall ON

= Fan CLEAN (earlier design)

= Engine Anti-stall OFF

= Fan CLEAN (later design) Fan CLEAN Icon (green) Fan SERVICE Icon (yellow) = Fan FULL ON (earlier design) Fan Full ON Icon (grey)

= Engine Boost Pressure

= Fan FULL ON (later design)

= Engine Charge Air Temperature

= Fan – Ventilation Blower

= Engine Coolant Temperature = Engine Diagnostics

= Fluid Level High = Engine Door/Roof CLOSE Switch

= Fluid Level Low

= Engine Door/Roof OPEN Switch

= Engine Door/Roof OPEN

%

= Foot Pedal Control

= Engine Oil Pressure

= Fuel Consumption Rate

= Engine – Percentage of Load

= Fuel – Diesel = Fuel Heater

= Engine Oil Temperature

= Fuel Level Low = Engine Speed – rpm = Fuel Information = Engine WAIT TO START

= Fuel Reset

= Error Message Symbol

=Fuel Temperature

= Fan AUTO Icon (green) AUTO

= Grapple CLOSE

= Fan AUTOMATIC (later design)

2.8

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation = Horn

= Grapple Float

= Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass = Grapple OPEN = Hydraulic Oil Tank = Grapple ROTATE CCW = Hydraulic Oil GRADE = Grapple ROTATE CW = Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Switch

= Grapple Saw CUT

= Hydraulic Oil LEVEL = Grapple Tilt DOWN = Hydraulic Oil TEMPERATURE = Grapple Tilt UP = Metric/Imperial Toggle Symbol = Grapple Tilt Float

= Information Menu Icon

= Information Message Symbol

= Harvester Head Rotate CCW

= Lights – WORK = Harvester Head Rotate CW = Lights – ENGINE SERVICE = Heel IN

= Heel OUT

LS

= Hours – Engine

= Load Sense Pressure

= Lubricate/Grease

= Hours – Machine

= Outrigger Down LH

2.9

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

= Outrigger Down RH

= Track LH FORWARD/ REVERSE and TRAVEL

= Outrigger UP LH

= Track RH FORWARD/ REVERSE and TRAVEL

= Outrigger UP RH

= Tree Counter = Switch ON

= Pilot Pressure

Pi

= Switch OFF = Pilot System OFF = Temperature = Pilot System ON (Reset) = Vacuum = Serial Number = Warm Up Mode Initiate

= Speed FAST or Hi = Speed SLOW or LOW = Swing BRAKE

= Swing RIGHT (CW)

= Swing LEFT (CCW)

2.10

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

IMPORTANT! This manual is applicable to factory installed machine functions and controls. It does not take into account any changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

CONTROLS – CAB – LOADER, BUTT ‘N’ TOP/POWER CLAM 1

2

880-012 51802BUNI

880-012A 51802BUNI

1. LEFT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROLS

51802BUNI R0

51802BUNI R0 2. RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROLS

Stick Boom, IN/OUT Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper structure to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to swing the upper structure to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

Grapple Rotate Thumb switch, upper right Push to rotate CLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, lower right Push to rotate COUNTERCLOCKWISE.

Hoist Boom, Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Grapple Tilt IN/OUT Move joystick right to Tilt Grapple OUT away from machine.

Move joystick left to Tilt Grapple IN toward the machine.

Grapple Open/Close Thumb switch, upper left Push to OPEN the grapple arms.

Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE the grapple arms.

Thumb switch, center left and right No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, center left Grapple rotate float.

Thumb switch, center right No factory equipped function.

Outrigger – Right Thumb switch, upper right

Outrigger – Left Thumb switch, upper left

Push to raise outrigger UP. Thumb switch, lower right

Push to raise outrigger UP. Thumb switch, lower left

Push to lower outrigger DOWN. Trigger switch

Push to lower outrigger DOWN. Trigger switch No factory equipped function.

No factory equipped function.

2.11

RATOR)

7"

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

LOADER, BUTT ‘N’ TOP/POWER CLAM GRAPPLE CONTROL OPTION – TILT FLOAT

BUTT ‘N’ TOP GRAPPLE CONTROL OPTION – CONTROL SWAP

2

2

6"

51802BUNI R1

880-012 51802BUNI

880-012 51802BUNI 51802BUNI R0

2. RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROLS

2. RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROLS

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to FRR/DT RAISE the hoist A21513 Pull the trigger switch to activate Grapple tilt A18676 FRR/LB boom. float.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist Trigger switch, horn (optional) boom. Industries Inc. THIS DRAWING IS THE PROPERTY OF TIGERCAT INDUSTRIES INC. AND MUST NOT BE USED OR DUPLICATEDOpen/Close WITHOUT THEIR PERMISSION. Grapple (optional) Pull the trigger switch to activate the horn.

Trigger switch, grapple tilt float (optional)

1 11/20/12 ADDED TRIGGERS, 6” WAS 5” 0 08/09/11 FIRST RELEASE

REV

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

DATE

ECN

INIT.

DESCRIPTION

PEDALright FUNCTIONS Move joystick to open the grapple arms.

NOTE: The trigger switch can be programedLABEL, JOYSTICK/FOOT to suit operator preference or used for custom FULL 08/09/11 51802BUNI MoveL.B. joystick left to close the1 grapple arms. configurations. To program the switch refer to Grapple Tilt IN/OUT (optional) the GRAPPLE CONTROL AND TILT FLOAT OPTIONS in SECTION 17 of the SERVICE Thumb switch, upper left MANUAL. Push to Tilt Grapple OUT away from machine.

SCALE

DATE

DR. BY

CHK. BY

DWG #

REV.

Thumb switch, lower left Push to Tilt Grapple IN toward the machine.

Thumb switch, center left and right No factory equipped function.

Outrigger – Right Thumb switch, upper right Push to raise outrigger UP. Thumb switch, lower right Push to lower outrigger DOWN. Trigger switch No factory equipped function

2.12

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

CONTROLS – CAB – LOADER, LIVE HEEL

1

2

880-012 65109BUNI

880-012A 65109BUNI

1. LEFT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROLS

2. RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROLS

Stick Boom, IN/OUT Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper structure to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to swing the upper structure to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

Grapple Rotate Thumb switch, lower left Push to rotate COUNTERCLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, lower right Push to rotate CLOCKWISE.

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Heel In/Out Move joystick right to move Heel OUT.

Thumb switch, center left and right No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper left and right No factory equipped function.

Trigger switch (optional)

Thumb switch, upper left and right No factory equipped function.

Trigger switch (optional)

2.13

Move joystick left to move Heel IN. Grapple Open/Close Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE the grapple arms.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN the grapple arms.

Thumb switch, center left and right No factory equipped function.

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

CONTROLS – CAB – LOADER, PULPWOOD

1

2

880-012 65109BUNI

880-012A 65109BUNI

1. LEFT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROLS

2. RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROLS

Stick Boom, IN/OUT Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper structure to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to swing the upper structure to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

Grapple Rotate Thumb switch, lower left Push to rotate COUNTERCLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, lower right Push to rotate CLOCKWISE. Thumb switch, center left and right No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper left and right No factory equipped function.

Trigger switch (optional)

2.14

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Grapple Open/Close Move the joystick right to open the grapple.

Move the joystick left to close the grapple.

Trigger switch (optional)

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

CONTROLS – CAB – HARVESTER 1

2

880-012 53570BUNI

880-012A 53570BUNI

1. LEFT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

2. RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

Stick Boom, IN/OUT Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Hoist Boom, Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move joystick forward to move stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper structure to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Attachment, Rotate Move the joystick right to rotate the attachment CLOCKWISE.

Move the joystick left to swing the upper structure to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to rotate the attachment COUNTERCLOCKWISE.

2.15

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger 880-077

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to increase engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct FULL throttle setting.

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to decrease engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct MINIMUM throttle setting.

3 A B

NOTE: All operations should be performed at full throttle.

C

HORN, THROTTLE, TRACK DRIVE SWITCHES 3. HORN, THROTTLE, TRACK DRIVE SPEED SWITCH PANEL This switch panel located beside the left hand Joystick Control Lever contains 3 switches for operation and control of the following functions:

Maintaining Correct Engine rpm.

It is most important that the IDLE and FULL rpm of the engine be correct at all times: IDLE 950 rpm (No Load)

3A. TRACK DRIVE SPEED CONTROL

FULL 2150 to 2200 rpm max (No Load)

Two drive speed ranges are possible. LOW position will provide a slow driving speed.

HIGH position provides a faster speed with reduced driving torque.

RATED WORKING 2200 rpm NOTE: At start-up the engine will always IDLE by default.

Place this switch in the LOW position when maneuvering around the loading area. When this switch is in the low position the Track Drive Low Speed icon on the computer display will illuminate.

The above values are with the hydraulic and engine oil at normal operating temperatures and no functions activated. These values are pre-set into the engine ECU and cannot be adjusted without the proper electronic equipment programming software.

The HIGH position should only be used with the machine on flat solid ground.

Refer to COMPUTER – ENGINE MENU – ENGINE FUNCTIONS – Engine Speed in THIS SECTION

NOTE: A flatbed trailer should be used to transport the machine over long distances.

AUTO IDLE DOWN – If the engine is set to run at full and no functions are activated for 15 seconds (adjustable), the engine will idle down. The engine will return to the set speed as soon as a function is activated.

3B. ENGINE THROTTLE/IDLE SPEED CONTROL This is a three position momentary switch connected into the engine CPU circuit to adjust the engine rpm between the (IDLE) and

Refer to COMPUTER–MAIN MENU PAGE – ADJUST MENU–MACHINE PARAMETERS –AUTO IDLE in THIS SECTION

(FULL) throttle set points.

NOTE: Engage the pilot reset to increase engine speed. When pilot system is deactivated the engine speed will reset to minimum rpm.

3C. HORN–SWITCH Press this momentary switch to sound the horn.

2.16

Tigercat 875 Logger

4B

4A

880-009

Controls and Operation

LEVER IN "ACTIVE CONTROLS" POSITION

FOOT PEDAL/LEVER CONTROLS

4A. DRIVE FOOT PEDAL/LEVER – LEFT TRACK Press the foot pedal with the toe or push FORWARD on the lever to place the LEFT track in forward drive mode.

880-089

5A. PILOT RESET – LEVER AND PROXIMITY SWITCH This function is provided to prevent accidental or improper use of the controls from anywhere but the operators seat.

Press the foot pedal with the heel or pull back on the lever to place the LEFT track in REVERSE drive mode.

To activate the pilot system and machine controls the operator must be seated and the engine running, then place the pilot reset lever in the DOWN position with the cab door closed. The controls will be deactivated by raising the right arm rest pilot reset lever, or by turning the Key switch to the OFF position.

4B. DRIVE FOOT PEDAL/LEVER – RIGHT TRACK Press the foot pedal with the toe or push FORWARD on the lever to place the RIGHT track in forward drive mode.

Press the foot pedal with the heel or pull back on the lever to place the RIGHT track in REVERSE drive mode.

PILOT RESET LEVER

5B. PILOT SYSTEM SHUT OFF – LIMIT SWITCH The cab door is equipped with an interlock switch to prevent the machine from being operated while the door is open (pilot system shut off).

Travelling Travel is accomplished by pressing both foot pedals simultaneously. Travel over distances should be done in the forward direction to reduce the wear on track components. Track drive gearboxes are considered to be at the rear of the machine when travelling in the forward direction.

To operate: Close the door and place the pilot lever in the down position.

NOTE: All functions on the machine can now be operated, either as intended or by accidentally touching them.

Steering

Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

Steering the vehicle is achieved by operating the tracks at different speeds and should only be done when moving; rotating the tracks in opposite directions should be avoided where possible.

This door interlock switch and the pilot reset lever are safety features and their function must not be compromised in any way.

2.17

Controls and Operation 6.

Tigercat 875 Logger

WARNING LIGHT A light is used as a visual warning indicator.

The light is located on the front left side pillar post of the cab. The warning light and buzzer are turned on by the computer system whenever an alarm is activated.

880-079

6

7

7. WARNING BUZZER An audio alarm is provided by a warning buzzer located on the front left side pillar post of the cab. The warning buzzer and light are turned on by the computer system whenever an alarm is activated.

8

8. BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH This manually operated switch disconnects most electrical circuits on the machine from the battery except for:

9

▪▪ Engine ECU ▪▪ Engine preheat (optional) 10

▪▪ Service light circuits ▪▪ Cab tilt switch ▪▪ Battery disconnect relay ▪▪ DEF line heaters

12

▪▪ MD3 real time clock (RTC) 9. CIGARETTE LIGHTER – 24 VOLT This outlet can also be used as a 24 V power source.

10. DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION Plug a remote electronic diagnostic device into this connection such as a lap-top computer with appropriate engine manufacturer’s software to perform engine performance analysis and tuning.

11

NOTE: This operation can only be performed by a trained service technician.

11. KEY SWITCH, ENGINE START This is a three position switch with STOP/RUN/START positions.

COMPUTER, CONTROLS AND SWITCH PANEL – CAB LEFT SIDE PILLAR

STOP All electrical power through Position the Key switch is turned OFF. RUN Battery is connected to all Position functions. Used for normal machine operation.

START Connects the battery to the Position start relay to start the engine.

Turning the key to this position starts the engine.

The key will return to the RUN position when released.

2.18

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation DEF FLUID LEVEL INDICATOR

USB PORT 822C-204

12. MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY NOTE: DEF fluid level indicator applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

USB PORT – MD3 COMPUTER This USB port is used to access the MD3 computer. A laptop with appropriate IQAN software can be plugged into this port for software updates, diagnostics and some adjustments.

The MD3 computer, electronic control and display is the operator interface with the electronic control system. The MD3 is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit.

Refer to the MD3 COMPUTER system later in this section for complete description and detailed operation information.

NOTE: This USB port should only be used by trained service technicians.

Refer to COMPUTER in SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information and safeguards related to the use of this port.

2.19

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

ACCESSORIES, CONTROLS, SWITCHES AND LIGHTS The following accessories, controls, switches, lights and components are located in the headliner of the interior cab roof (refer to the information and illustrations on the following pages for location, description and quick reference of these components):

ENGINE ROOF

13

14 15

SIDE DOOR

16 880-015

ENGINE ROOF AND SIDE DOOR

POWER ROOF AND SIDE DOOR OPERATION The side door is equipped with an over center latch that is used to lock the side door closed.

When using the door switch to open the door unlatch the side door. The side door will open first and the engine roof will open next.

875-005

NOTE: If the side door latch is locked, only the engine roof will open. If it is required to open the side door, the over center latch must be unlocked. When unlocked the side door will open first and close last.

SWITCH PANELS – CAB ROOF

13. SWITCH PANEL Two switches are mounted in this panel and are used to control the following functions: 14. POWER ROOF AND SIDE DOOR – SWITCH The engine roof and side door are operated by an electric pump operated hydraulic system.

A separate electric powered hydraulic pump is used to open and close the engine roof and power side door.

The electric pump assembly is located in the compartment behind the cab in the hydraulic tank and filter compartment. This system is self-contained, it has its own hydraulic oil (Dexron III) tank.

If only the side door is to be opened, unlock the door first, then push and hold the door switch in the OPEN position only until the side door is open, then release the switch. The side door cylinder requires less pressure to open than the engine roof and therefore it will always open first.

WORK SURFACE

The roof and door switch is a three position momentary switch labeled open – close, spring return to center OFF position. Push and hold switch in OPEN position to OPEN the roof and door or push and hold in CLOSE position to CLOSE the roof and door.

880-015

DO NOT STAND OR WALK HERE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE DOOR IMPORTANT! When performing service work while standing on the side door, walk and step only on the work surface provided, do not STAND OR WALK on the door panels. The MAX WEIGHT on the side door is 225 kg (500 lb).

NOTE: The power engine roof and door system is equipped with a motion alarm that sounds when the roof and door is moved.

2.20

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation METAL PINS

D A

HANDLE RECEPTACLE POWER PACK HAND PUMP

SOLENOIDS POWER ROOF AND RIGHT SIDE DOOR PUMP AND MOTOR

POWER PACK HANDLE STORAGE LOCATION

875-080

HYDRAULIC TANK AND FILTER SERVICE COMPARTMENT

POWER ROOF AND RIGHT DOOR MANUAL OPERATION – HAND PUMP The roof and right door power pack has a builtin hand pump for manually opening and closing the roof and right door if complete power should be lost to the machine. Two solenoid operated valves (A and D) on top of the power pack can be operated manually to control roof and right door operation.

D A

875-051

To manually operate the valves, push the metal pins down and turn ¼ turn clockwise (CW) or ¼ turn counterclockwise (CWW). The default operating position is when both metal pins are in the CW position.

2.21

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

OPERATING THE HAND PUMP To open or close the roof or right door manually in the event of power loss, place the valves in the following positions.

D A

D A

875-051

Push (A) and (D) metal pins down and turn ¼ turn CW to the default operating position.

875-049

To Open roof and right door: From the default operating position, push (A) and (D) metal pins down and turn ¼ turn CCW.

D A

HANDLE

RECEPTACLE

875-050

To Close roof and right door: From the default operating position, push metal pin (A) down and turn ¼ turn CCW. Make sure metal pin (D) is in the CW position (default position). If metal pin (D) is not in the default position, push the metal pin (D) down and turn ¼turn CW. Insert the pump handle into the receptacle and pump the hand pump. When the roof and right door are fully closed, place the receptacle in the down position and return the pump handle to its storage location.

Push (A) metal pin down and turn ¼ turn CW to the default operating position.

875-053

Insert the pump handle into the receptacle and pump the hand pump. When the roof and right door are fully open, place the receptacle in the down position and return the pump handle to its storage location.

2.22

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation 18. HEAT/COOL – VARIABLE This is a variable, rotary dial to adjust the amount of heated air for the cab by controlling the flow of engine coolant through the heater core. Make sure this control is set to the MAX COLD position when using the air conditioning.

NOTE: To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat/cool control must be rotated to the MAX COLD position and the two hot water shut off valves on the engine should be turned to the OFF position. Also refer to HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES in THIS SECTION.

13 14 16 18

20

15 17 19 21

22

24

23

25

26

27 28

875-005

Refer to AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

SWITCH PANELS – CAB ROOF

15. SERVICE LIGHTS – SWITCH This is a two position switch labeled ON – OFF. Use to turn ON the service lights located in the engine compartment, pump area and valve area.

16. SWITCH PANEL This switch panel is also located in the cab roof. Twelve switches are mounted in this panel and they are used for control of the following functions: 17. INTERMITTENT WINDSHIELD WIPER/WASHER The wiper/washer rotary switch controls the windshield wiper. Turning the dial one setting clockwise starts intermittent operation with maximum delay. Turning further clockwise decreases delay, turning further clockwise operates wiper on low speed.

Turning the dial a setting further clockwise sets the wiper to high speed. To slow or turn off the wiper, turn the dial counterclockwise until the desired setting is reached.

To operate the washer function, press the dial. This function sprays washer fluid on the windshield.

NOTE: The windshield is polycarbonate with a scratch resistant coating, to reduce the risk of scratching windshield, do not operate wiper when windshield is dry.

19. FAN SPEED – OFF/LOW/MED/HIGH This is a rotary, four position switch for controlling the speed of the blower fan.

20. FRESH AIR BLOWER SWITCH This is a push/on push/off power switch. The fresh air blower boosts the main HVAC system with filtered fresh air.

21. A/C DEFROST SWITCH This is a three-position switch labeled DEFROST – OFF – A/C. Push this switch down to turn ON the A/C compressor for cooling. Push the switch up for the defrost mode.

22. SWING BRAKE This is a two position switch labeled ON/ OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will apply the swing brake and prevent the upper structure from turning. The swing brake is a spring apply, hydraulic release, multi disc brake. The brake is also engaged whenever the pilot system is shut off. As a safety precaution, the brake should always be applied with this switch when leaving the cab.

IMPORTANT! Turning ON the swing brake while the boom is moving can damage the gearbox.

Never operate the tracks with the swing brake ON because boom contact with the ground will damage the swing gearbox.

2.23

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

23. HYDRAULIC TANK VENT SWITCH This is a momentary power switch. It is used to activate a solenoid control vent valve mounted on the hydraulic tank to release the pressure in the hydraulic tank.

IMPORTANT! In the event that a hydraulic component or hose may fail and result in a hydraulic oil leak, use this switch to vent the tank and minimize oil loss.

24. TRACK LIGHTS SWITCH This is a two position switch labeled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the Halogen TRACK LIGHTS.

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan runs at minimum speed due to low charge air, engine coolant or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will cause the fan control to increase the cooling fan speed. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

The Fan Auto Icon will illuminate in green on the computer display when this switch is in the auto position.

FULL ON POSITION – When the switch is in the FULL ON position, the fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTO position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control.

25. WORK LIGHTS SWITCH This is a two position switch labeled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the WORK LIGHTS. 26. INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH

NOTE: Placing the switch in the FULL ON position activates the computer alarm to advise the switch has been placed in the FULL ON position. Also while the switch is in the FULL ON position the Automatic Cleaning cycle is prevented. The Fan Full ON icon will be shown in grey on the computer display when the fan is operating in full on mode. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – INFORMATION – FAN FULL ON in THIS SECTION.

This is a two position switch. It is used as an alternate switch to turn the interior lights ON or OFF. 27. BLANK Not used.

28. COOLING FAN – SWITCH (FULL ON/AUTOMATIC/CLEAN) ( / / – EARLIER DESIGN) ( /AUTO/ – LATER DESIGN) This is a three position switch, FULL ON/ AUTOMATIC/CLEAN. This switch along with the computer control system, controls the operation of the hydraulic cross-flow fan.

FAN PUMP CONTROLLER – Control for the fan pump is a negative control. In the event of loss of electrical signal to the fan pump it will default to FULL ON.

AUTO POSITION – AUTO is the normal operating position for the fan control switch.

When the switch is in the AUTO position, the fan will operate completely in an automatic mode. It will start, speed up, or slow down based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and/or the temperature of the hydraulic oil.

CLEAN POSITION – Momentarily pressing the switch to the CLEAN position will automatically start reversing the direction of fan rotation (there is no need to hold the switch down).

Reverse rotation is used to clean the charge air cooler, radiator, oil cooler, A/C condenser and air intake door screens. By reversing the flow of the fan, air flow is propelled in the opposite direction, thereby forcing dust and debris off of the radiator.

The computer system automatically adjusts fan speed to the minimum required level to maintain optimal operating conditions, and defaults to fan at full speed if an error in the controller exists.

NOTE: The pilot system must be ON to operate the clean cycle.

The electronic fan control will also turn the A/C system OFF for as long as the fan is in the CLEAN mode.

When the CLEAN cycle is complete the fan automatically returns to normal rotation direction.

2.24

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

The Fan Clean Icon will illuminate in green on the computer display whenever the clean cycle operates.

PIVOTING READING LIGHT

INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH INTERIOR LIGHT

NOTE: The CLEAN cycle also operates automatically via the timed purge function of the computer control system (frequency is adjustable) when the switch is in the AUTO position. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE, ADJUST MENU – MACHINE PARAMETERS – TIMED PURGE INTERVAL in THIS SECTION.

READING LIGHT SWITCH

It is also important to physically clean debris from the machine on a regular basis to maintain low machine operating temperatures.

Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in THIS SECTION.

1075-078

CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING

29 480-010

31

32

30. AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD The AM/FM stereo radio CD player is located in the front left side of the cab roof. The system has two front mounted 2 way 5.25” speakers.

See the MANUFACTURER’S OWNER’S MANUAL for complete operating instructions.

30

880-011

29. INTERIOR LIGHTS Three light assemblies mounted in the roof inside the cab are used for cab interior lighting and reading lights.

Press on the corresponding light switch to turn on the desired light. To aim the reading light press on the reading light lens and pivot the light in the socket to the desired location.

2.25

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

33 880-005

31. SLOPE INDICATORS Two slope indicators are provided, one on the left side of the cab interior roof for indicating fore/aft slope degree and one on the front interior roof for indicating side to side slope degree.

880-178

RE-CIRCULATING AIR FILTER

1075-089

33

1075-087B

32. DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS – OPTIONAL

880-177

RE-CIRCULATING AIR FILTER

33. FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR – A/C UNIT

This digital timer is used only if the machine is equipped with the optional diesel heater.

Consult the manufactures instruction manual for additional information. Refer to HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVE in THIS SECTION for more related information.

Air in the cab is drawn into the A/C HEATER unit via this filter and re-circulated. The filter should be inspected and cleaned on a regular basis. The A/C will not cool efficiently if these filters become dirty or plugged.

NOTE: During warm weather seasons, remove the diesel heater electrical fuse (20 Amp) to prevent accidental operation of the Diesel Heater. The fuse is located in the main fuse and relay panel, see FUSES AND RELAYS – MAIN, SERVICE COMPARTMENT in THIS SECTION for fuse location.

This machine is equipped with two re-circulating air filters mounted in the right rear panel in the cab. The panel must be removed to inspect/replace filters from the inside. The panel is held in place by two latches on the top of the panel, open the latches and lift panel to remove.

2.26

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

34

35

875-179 822-D23

REAR OF ENGINE

FRESH AIR FILTER 35

34. FILTER, FRESH AIR – A/C UNIT Outside air is continuously drawn into the cab air conditioning unit through this filter and mixed with interior air from the cab.

The filter is located inside the cab pedestal compartment on the front right side of the cab and can be serviced by removing the two fasteners holding the cover in place. The filter should be inspected on a regular basis and cleaned/replaced when dirty or when wet.

NEVER operate air conditioner without a filter installed.

875-178

FRONT OF ENGINE

35. HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES (ENGINE) To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat control (C) on the A/C heater control panel must be rotated to the MAX COLD position. During times when cab heating is not required close both of the HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES on the engine block, this will prevent hot water from seeping through the A/C unit and thereby reducing the effectiveness of the cooling system.

2.27

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

KNOB SIDE WINDOW ESCAPE HATCH KNOB

870-017

ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT

36. ROOF ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT This is a second cab exit for use if the rear door exit becomes blocked. Turn off engine before using this exit. There are two knobs on the inside to allow removal of the hatch. These knobs should only be HAND TIGHTENED, to allow them to be unscrewed in case of an emergency.

880-016

LEFT SIDE OF CAB

37. SIDE WINDOW The side window can be opened partially to provide fresh air ventilation.

WINDOW LEVER

KNOB

880-014

OPENING THE SIDE WINDOW Turn the window lever 90° clockwise and push the window open then turn the lever back 90° counterclockwise to lock the window open.

Reverse this procedure to close the window.

KNOB

The side window can serve as an alternate emergency exit route from the cab if the escape hatch and rear door are unusable.

Turn off engine before using as an exit.

ESCAPE HATCH 880-018

The escape hatch can also be opened from outside the operator’s cab on the cab roof.

There are two knobs on the outside to allow removal of the hatch.

KNOB

For more information refer to EMERGENCY EXITS – MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION.

WINDOW LEVER

KNOB

880-012

SIDE WINDOW

Remove the two knobs by turning the knobs counterclockwise off the threaded rods. Turn the window lever 90° clockwise and push the window open all the way. Exit the cab if you can do so safely.

2.28

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

ESCAPE HATCH AND SIDE WINDOW EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE

Two alternate exit routes are provided on the left side and roof of the cab. These are only to be used if the cab door cannot be opened.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH: 1. Partially unscrew both the interior knobs four complete revolutions.

KNOB

It is essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month or after major impacts to the cab to ensure they are fully operational.

CLAMP BRACKET ESCAPE HATCH

It is also important that snow, debris and particularly ice not be allowed to build up in these areas. Check frequently and remove any accumulation immediately.

KNOB

KNOB

870-017

ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT

2. Disengage clamp brackets from slot on cab roof attachment bracket.

The escape hatch should move without using excessive force by pushing up on one side.

WINDOW LEVER

KNOB

880-012

SIDE WINDOW

If the escape hatch does not move without excessive force refer to EMERGENCY EXITS – ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL/ REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION. 3. Engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE WINDOW: 1. Remove the two knobs by turning the knobs counterclockwise off the threaded rods. Turn the window lever 90° clockwise and push the window open all the way.

KNOB

2. Check for proper operation of handle and knobs, latch and hinges. Adjust and/or lubricate any part of the mechanism that requires attention.

KNOB

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency

ESCAPE HATCH 880-018

4. Check exterior knobs for proper operation and tighten the knobs hand tight.

NOTE: If the hand knobs become loose when operating the machine, the nylon inserts in the studs should be replaced.

2.29

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR: 1. Unscrew both of the interior knobs and remove the two clamp brackets.

REMOVE BOTH CLAMP BRACKETS

870-184

Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency 3. Replace the nylon inserts in each stud, leaving approximately 1/8″ protruding at each end.

These are intended to prevent the hand knobs from coming loose under vibration.

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL

4. Apply an anti-seize compound to stud threads on the escape hatch and engage hand knob threads three revolutions with washer and clamp bracket in place as illustrated.

2. Push open from the inside of the escape hatch. In the event that the hatch has become bonded to cab roof due to improper maintenance, use a pry bar taking care not to damage the sealing surface of the roof.

FOAM SEAL

3. Refer to EMERGENCY EXITS – ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION for instructions on the proper method to use when replacing the escape hatch.

ESCAPE HATCH ‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER

APPLY LUBRICANT TO TOP SURFACE OF FOAM SEAL BETWEEN SEAL AND ESCAPE HATCH

ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT: NOTE: Do not apply silicone sealant between escape hatch and cab roof. Silicone sealant in these areas can bond the escape hatch to the cab, preventing removal of the escape hatch.

CAB ROOF

APPLY LUBRICANT TO ‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER BETWEEN CHANNEL AND CAB ROOF

CROSS SECTION OF ESCAPE HATCH SEAL

LH830-06

1. Clean all mating surfaces on both the escape hatch and cab roof, remove any silicone residue that may have been used to seal the joint.

5. To prevent foam seal or rubber ‘C’ channel from sticking to escape hatch or roof over time, apply a thin film of Tigercat part number AM926 dielectric non-curing silicone lubricant to the contact surfaces of foam seal and rubber ‘C’ channel. Remove excess spray with a dry rag so no build up remains.

2. Make sure the escape hatch gasket is in good condition and replace if damaged.

NYLON INSERT

WARNING

ESCAPE HATCH

IMPORTANT! Too much lubricant will cause the roof escape hatch to stick to the cab roof.

6. Install escape hatch on roof and engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight only.

CAB

7. Make sure the exterior knobs are installed correctly and tighten hand knobs hand tight only.

822-01 822-02

NYLON STUD REPLACEMENT 2.30

Tigercat 875 Logger SEAT ADJUSTMENTS

Controls and Operation To soften the air ride For a softer ride, pull on the air ride adjustment knob to decrease the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

ADJUSTABLE LUMBAR To increase lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment lever forward. To decrease lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment lever backwards.

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT (NOT SHOWN)

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT

ARMREST ADJUSTMENT

RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB S855C-020

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER FORE/AFT SLIDE LEVER

H855-084

OPERATOR’S SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES The spring assisted height adjustment is controlled by the height adjustment lever located on the front left side of the seat chassis. The four height settings: top, bottom and two in between, provide a total height adjustment of 3”.

To raise the seat Firmly lift up on the height adjustment lever and partially lift your body weight from the seat. When the seat rises to the desired height, firmly push down on the lever into the locking position (a click should be heard).

VIEW FROM RIGHT REAR OF SEAT

BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT Push down backrest angle adjustment lever to place backrest at the desired angle then release lever.

FORE/AFT SLIDE Move and hold fore/aft slide lever. Roll seat forward or backward to the desired position relative to the foot pedal controls.

ARMREST ADJUSTMENT Each armrest has two adjustments to place it in the required position. Loosen adjustment locking wing bolts to reposition armrest height and fore/aft position.

To lower the seat Firmly lift up on the height adjustment lever and add body weight to the seat until the seat is at the desired height. Firmly push down on the lever into the locking position (a click should be heard).

AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES After adjusting the seat height, the ride adjustment can be made by pulling or pushing the air ride control valve knob.

To stiffen the air ride For a stiffer ride push on the air ride adjustment knob to increase the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

2.31

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

SEAT ADJUSTMENTS

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT

BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

S855C-020B

RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER

FORE/AFT SLIDE LEVER

PROBLEMS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION RIDES TOO STIFF/SEAT TENDS TO PUSH OR THROW OPERATOR FORWARD The air ride control valve has over pressurized the seat air suspension. This typically happens because the operator is trying to use the air suspension to adjust the ride height rather than using height adjustment lever to raise the seat.

Refer to height adjustment.

RIDES TOO SOFT OR BOTTOMS OUT AND PINCHES OPERATOR The air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment Insufficient pressure exaggerates the knee-action movement of the seat. This usually happens because the operator is trying to lower the seat by decreasing the amount of air pressure instead of using the Height Adjustment lever. Refer to height adjustment.

2.32

SEAT TOO HIGH/SEAT TOO LOW There are several things which can cause improper seat height. Refer to the HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT and adjust seat to the desired position. If the proper height cannot be reached using one of the four height adjustment settings, it may be necessary to install the seat on a higher base.

OPERATOR’S LEGS FALLING ASLEEP The seat is adjusted too high, and the air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment, resulting in the operator sitting in a bucket. Refer to height adjustment and RIDE ADJUSTMENT.

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM The MD3 computer control system is part of a network of components. The system is made up of the following components: • MD3 Computer and Display Module • XS2–A0 Module (Cab) • XA2–A0 Expansion Module (Engine Frame) • XA2–A1 Expansion Module (Engine Frame) • Engine Electronic Control unit (ECU) • Various controls, switches, sensors and valves not shown

MD3 MODULE

880-099

The MD3 computer is the main controller in the system. The MD3 computer program is the operating system for the computer display as well as the control system for the machine operating parameters.

The engine electronic control unit provides electronic information to the MD3 computer via J1939 CAN BUS links. This information is displayed on the computer display.

NOTE: The computer control system is softwarebased. This software may be updated after the machine is in service as a part of on-going product improvement programs and service newsletters.

The information contained in this manual is accurate at the time of printing. Improvements to the machine and/or software are on-going and may not be covered. In these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for appropriate information.

CAB XS2-A0 MODULE

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

875-009

MD3 COMPUTER MODULE

CAB XS2-A0 MODULE

ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR

880-105

ENGINE FRAME XA2-A0 MODULE

ENGINE FRAME XA2-A1 MODULE

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS 2.33

Controls and Operation XA2-A0

875-002

Tigercat 875 Logger

XA2-A1

XA2 CONTROL MODULES IN BATTERY COMPARTMENT

ECU

875-133

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT

2.34

Tigercat 875 Logger 1

2

3

Controls and Operation 4

5

6

7

8

22 21

9

10

11

20

12 19

18 875-020

17

16

15

14

13

MAIN MENU

MD3 COMPUTER MAIN MENU 1. Pilot Reset On/Off

11. Hydraulic Oil Temperature Gauge

2. Engine Anti-Stall On/Off

12. Hydraulic Oil Grade Indicator

3. Engine Roof/Door Open

13. Alarm Indicators – Press F4 To Select

4. Cooling Fan Mode – (Auto Shown)

14. Hydraulic Oil Temperature Icon

5. Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass

15. Information Menu – Press F3 To Select

6. Hydraulic Oil Level

16. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

7. Engine Air Intake Filter Restriction

17. Engine Coolant Temperature Icon

8. Track Drive Low Speed

18. Adjustment Menu – Press F2 To Select

9. Fuel Level Gauge & Icon

19. Engine Menu – Press F1 To Select

10. Def Level Indicator

20. Engine Tachometer rpm

NOTE: DEF fluid level indicator applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

21. Grapple Rotate Float 22. Time

2.35

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger MD3 COMPUTER

COLOR DISPLAY

ARROW UP

OK (ENTER) ARROW DOWN

F1

880-026

F2

F3

F4

ESC (BACK)

MENU

MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER ELECTRONIC CONTROL & DISPLAY

• Up and down arrow buttons

The MD3 computer, electronic control and display is the operator interface with the electronic control system. The MD3 is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a 3.5" backlit colour graphic transflective display for reading system information.

.

• Navigation buttons that are used to scroll through selections on a menu page. The buttons are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

• OK button

.

• Pushing this button equals ’enter’. Saves the value or confirms the selection you have made.

The front of the MD3 consists of a control panel with a display and nine buttons. The buttons are arranged on the bottom and right side of the display.

• Menu button

• F1 through F4 function buttons:

.

• Always brings up the Menu page. It is not programmable.

• Esc or BACK button

• Programmed buttons that are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as an input.

.

• Returns you to the previous display page. May be configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

2.36

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

FUEL GAUGE

DEF GAUGE

NOTE: DEF fluid level indicator applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

DEF FLUID LEVEL INDICATOR

A DEF level indicator is shown on the main menu of the computer display, below the fuel gauge.

When DEF levels are low information messages will be shown on the computer display.

Refer to DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK of THIS MANUAL for tank capacities.

ICON FLASHES YELLOW WHEN FUEL LEVEL IS LOW

The fuel level gauge is shown on the main menu.

The fuel level icon will flash yellow when the fuel level falls below 10% of full.

Refer to FUEL TANK in SECTION 3 of THIS SECTION for tank capacities.

2.37

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger The Engine menu icon is active and the related functions are displayed.

ENGINE MENU

875-019

From the main menu press the F1 button to select the engine display.

Charge Air Temperature

°C or °F

Engine Coolant Temperature

°C or °F

Engine Oil Temperature

°C or °F

Fuel Temperature

°C or °F

Engine Speed

rpm

Turbocharger Boost Pressure

bar or psi

Engine Oil Pressure

psi or bar

Engine Load

%

Engine Hours

h

Voltage

V

Fuel Rate

L/h or gph Press the F1 button to toggle between metric or imperial units of measure.

Press the F2 button to select the ANTISTALL Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. Press the F3 button to start Self Warm up Mode – WARM UP INITIATE, only if the pilot is OFF and hydraulic oil temperature is low.

Press the back button to return to the main menu.

875-021

When selected the engine menu icon is on display and the engine functions will also be displayed.

2.38

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

ENGINE FUNCTIONS

4. Fuel Temperature

1. Charge Air Temperature

(°C or °F)

This display indicates the charge air cooler temperature reading.

2. Engine Coolant Temperature

(°C or °F)

This display indicates the fuel temperature reading.

5. Engine Speed

(°C or °F)

rpm

This display indicates engine speed in rpm.

This display indicates the current engine coolant temperature.

NOTE: Engine speed can also be monitored using the engine tachometer gauge shown on the main menu and the on the information menu display.

If temperature rises above 104°C (219°F), alarm will sound, check the following: • Plugged air intake access panel screens • Plugged radiator.

Do not continue to operate machine Refer to the COMPUTER – MESSAGES – CRITICAL – ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES in THIS SECTION for more information.

Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in THIS SECTION.

Refer to CONTROLS – ENGINE THROTTLE/ IDLE SPEED CONTROL in THIS SECTION. 6. Turbocharger Boost Pressure (bar or psi) This display indicates air intake manifold boost pressure in bar. This reading is an absolute value and includes atmospheric pressure.

NORMAL OPERATION (BLUE ICON)

7. Engine Oil Pressure

(bar or psi)

This display indicates engine oil pressure.

NOTE: Coolant temperature can also be monitored using the engine coolant temperature gauge shown on the main menu.

If oil pressure falls too low, an alarm will sound.

Refer to the COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL– ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES in THIS SECTION for more information.

OVERHEAT (RED ICON)

In the event of an engine coolant overheat the engine coolant temperature icon will illuminate (red) on the main gauge display in addition to the alarm.

3. Engine Oil Temperature

8. Engine Load % % The display shows the current load on the engine in percentage.

9. Engine hours

h

This display indicates the total engine hours.

(°C or °F)

This display indicates the engine oil temperature reading.

2.39

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger SELF WARMUP MODE (HARVESTER ONLY)

IMPORTANT! 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 10. Battery Voltage

(V)

This display indicates battery voltage levels.

Normal operating range for the electrical system is between 27 and 28 V when the engine is running.

If engine voltage goes outside the normal range, an alarm will sound. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES in THIS SECTION. A reading in excess of 30 V indicates a possible faulty voltage regulator.

A reading less than 22 V indicates a possible faulty battery or alternator.

11. Fuel Rate

The hydraulic oil self warmup Mode can be manually started from the engine Menu by pressing the F3 button – WARMUP INITIATE, only if the pilot is OFF and hydraulic oil temperature is low.

(L/h or gph)

This display indicates the current, instantaneous, rate of fuel consumption.

After the WAIT TO START icon the engine.

shuts off, start

The MD3 displays an Information dialogue box requesting input from the operator as to whether or not to begin hydraulic oil Self Warmup.

Press the F2 (Yes) button to begin self warmup.

Press the F3 (No) button to skip self warmup.

The self warmup mode increases engine speed to 1100 rpm and shifts the Pump2 section of the main valve to the warmup position where hydraulic oil flows over a relief to warm it to operating temperature. Note also that when the hydraulic oil temperature is low the oil cooler bypass will be open reducing oil cooling.

2.40

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

After pressing the F2 (Yes) button the MD3 displays another Information dialogue box stating that self warmup is engaged.

Press F2 (Stop) to manually stop self warmup.

Note also that if the pilot system is turned ON, self warmup will disengage.

When hydraulic oil reaches operating temperature self warmup mode will automatically disengage.

Note that to ensure self warmup mode functions correctly it is important that hydraulic oil grade be selected correctly to match the type of hydraulic oil in use. This information is used by the machine program to adapt hydraulic oil temperature warmup information for the operating range of each Hydraulic Oil Grade.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

2.41

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger ANTI-STALL MODE SELECTION

ADJUSTMENT MENU

Press F1 button to select the ANTI-STALL Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

From the main menu press F2 button to select the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

The anti-stall menu will appear.

ON* or OFF Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button when desired mode is selected.

This mode selection turns on an electronic load control system which automatically prevents overloading of the engine when several high load functions are in use at the same time.

It should be ON during normal machine operation at FULL throttle and OFF when operating at less than FULL throttle.

If engine stalling occurs, check: • The ANTI-STALL mode is ON.

The adjustment menu screen will be displayed.

The adjustment menu icon is on display and all the adjustment selections will also be displayed. The adjustment selections are as follows: • Anti Stall Mode

– press F1

• Oil Grade Adjustments

– press F2

• Cleaning Fan Service Mode

– press F3

2.42

• Malfunction of the anti-stall system. menu.

Press the back button to return to the main

*NOTE: Reset default settings are marked

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

OIL GRADE SELECTION

COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE

Press F2 button to select OIL GRADE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

Press F3 button to select FAN SERVICE MODE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

The oil grade menu will appear.

The fan service mode will appear.

• ISO 22*

ON or OFF*

• ISO 32

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button when desired mode is selected.

• MULTI • ISO 46

When ON this will reverse the fan directing the air flow away from a service technician who may be in the service compartment. The fan service icon on the display will illuminate yellow when the fan is in service mode.

• ISO 68 Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired oil grade and press OK when complete.

This information is used by the machine program to adapt hydraulic oil temperature messages for the operating range of each Hydraulic Oil Grade.

menu.

*NOTE: Reset default settings are marked.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge.

Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information.

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH in THIS SECTION for more information about the hydraulic oil temperature message. menu.

Press the back button to return to the main

Press the back button to return to the main

2.43

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger The information menu icon is active and the related functions are displayed.

INFORMATION MODE MENU

Press the F3 button to access the information menu.

Hydraulic System Pressure

bar or psi

Harvesting Head Hydraulic System Pressure

bar or psi

Hydraulic Oil Temp

°C or °F

Machine Serial Number

#

Machine Hours

h

Hydraulic System Pilot Pressure

bar or psi

Air Intake Filter Restriction

kPa or psi

Total fuel information

L/h or gph

Trip fuel information

L/h or gph

Press the F1 button to toggle between metric or imperial units of measure.

Press F2 button to reset the trip average fuel rate and trip fuel used functions.

Press the back button to return to the main menu.

2.44

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

INFORMATION FUNCTIONS

is an indicator of hydraulic oil temperature state (cool, normal, warm or overheat) for the type of hydraulic oil in use.

1. Hydraulic system Pressure (bar or psi)

The alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the main menu of the computer display, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system.

This display indicates the main pump load sense pressure reading.

2. Harvesting Head Hydraulic System Pressure – bar or psi This display indicates the current hydraulic oil pressure registered in the harvesting head hydraulic system.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge.

3. Hydraulic Oil Temperature °C or °F

Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life.

This display indicates the current hydraulic oil temperature registered in the main hydraulic tank.

Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use, alarm will sound, reduce load on engine and activate the cooling system CLEAN function using the cooling fan cooling fan switch. If the temperature does not drop quickly after the clean cycle, turn off the engine and check the following:

Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information.

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH in THIS SECTION for more information about the hydraulic oil temperature message.

• Plugged oil cooler • Malfunction in a hydraulic circuit • Malfunction of hydraulic fan drive system • Malfunction of engine Anti-Stall system

4. Machine Serial Number 5. Machine Hours h This display indicates the total number of hours the machine has run.

• Low hydraulic oil level in tank • Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection

6. Hydraulic System Pilot Pressure – bar or

If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range do not

psi This display indicates the current hydraulic oil pressure registered at the pilot distribution manifold.

7. Air Intake Filter Restriction – kPa or psi This display indicates air intake restriction registered at air intake pipe downstream of air filter.

continue to operate the machine.

NOTE: Hydraulic oil temperature can also be monitored using the hydraulic oil temperature gauge shown on the main menu. In addition the color of the hydraulic oil temperature icon

2.45

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger MAIN MENU

8. Total Fuel Information – L/h or gph This display indicates the total fuel used during the life of the machine.

9. Trip Fuel Functions (since last reset) a. Trip Fuel Used – L or gal This display indicates the total fuel used since last reset. b. Trip Time – h This time since last reset. c.

Trip Average Fuel Rate – L/h or gph This display indicates the average fuel consumption rate for the machine since last reset.

Press the menu button to go to the main menu page.

The main menu page displays the following selections: • Adjust – Press F1 to select • Measure – Press F2 to select • Preferences – Press F3 to select • Info – Press F4 to select Press the back button to return to the page which was displayed when the main menu page was selected.

OR Press the menu button again to return to the page which was displayed when the main menu page was selected.

2.46

Tigercat 875 Logger ADJUST MENU

From the main menu page press the F1 button (Adjust) to access the adjust menu.

Controls and Operation MACHINE PARAMETERS

In the machine parameters menu the following items can be selected: • Anti Stall * • Oil Grade* • Idle Down Wait Time • Auto Idle Pressure • Fan Service Mode * • Auto Idle • Auto Start • Timed Purge Interval • Joystick Min Pressure

The Adjust menu appears and the following menu items can be selected.

• Machine Parameters • Hydraulics

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection. *NOTE: Marked menu items can also be accessed from the main menu. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU in THIS SECTION for more information.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

NOTE: Service technicians may have access to more options through this menu. Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

2.47

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger HYDRAULICS

Adjustable machine parameter settings accessed only from this menu page are:

In the hydraulics menu the following Current Output (mA) adjustment items can be selected:

Idle Down Wait Time Range 2 – 60 seconds (*15 seconds) This parameter adjusts wait time for the Auto Idle down function.

Auto Idle Pressure Range 75 – 500 psi (*200 psi) This parameter adjusts the pressure level that signals the Auto Idle function to idle down the engine. Refer to AUTO IDLE in THIS SECTION. Auto Idle On* or Off The Auto Idle down function will automatically idle down the engine from full throttle when no functions are activated for 15 seconds (adjustable – Idle Down Wait Time). The engine will return to the set speed as soon as a function is activated.

NOTE: These functions in the hydraulics menu will vary depending on the attachment and machine designation.

• Grapple Open/Close – COUT

Refer to CAB CONTROLS – ENGINE THROTTLE/IDLE SPEED CONTROL in THIS SECTION.

• (Grapple) Rotate/Pump 2 – COUT • Rotate Float – COUT • Fan Reverse – COUT– LOCKED

Auto Start On or Off*

• Fan Speed – COUT– LOCKED

When auto start function is ON, once the key is moved to start position, the starter will stay engaged for 6 seconds or until engine rpm goes above 400 rpm, whichever comes first.

• Right Outrigger Cylinder – COUT • Left Outrigger Cylinder – COUT • Outrigger Start Ramp • Outrigger Stop Ramp

Refer to STARTING THE ENGINE in THIS SECTION.

• Warmup %

Timed Purge Interval

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Range 15 to 240 minutes (*120 minutes) This parameter adjusts the frequency of the auto clean cycle. Refer to COOLING FAN SWITCH in THIS SECTION for more information.

Refer to HYDRAULIC ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART in THIS SECTION for more information about how start slope and stop slope settings affect function performance.

Joystick Min Pressure

Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE, ADJUST MENU for an example of adjustment menu navigation.

Range 50 – 150 psi (*75 psi) This parameter adjusts the joystick minimum pressure. It is intended to adjust the joystick controls for machines with Tilt/Jaw Swap Status SWAPPED. *NOTE: Reset default settings are marked.

Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE, ADJUST MENU for an example of adjustment menu navigation.

2.48

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

CONTROL ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS (CURRENT OUT) The COUT channel maintains a constant output current to control proportional solenoids. The voltage is regulated to maintain the constant current based on the resistance of the circuit.

EXAMPLE: Grapple Open/Close

These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds and start/stop ramps for the adjustable current out operated functions.

Min = MINIMUM CURRENT (mA) Current [mA]

A = Current range min current

Min current

Adjust as follows:

A

Scroll UP/DOWN to select grapple open/close.

Press OK once then press OK again.

Lever position

Minimum current settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain amount of current before they begin to operate the valve. The Min current value is the current that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

The min current is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to move.

MAX = MAXIMUM CURRENT (mA) Current [mA]

B = Current range max current

Max current B Min current

NOTE: See the description of MIN/MAX CURRENT, START/STOP SLOPE and +Plus/-Minus on this page.

Lever position

Min Current is the first choice that can be adjusted. The range is 0 – 500 mA. Scroll UP/ DOWN to reset value, then press OK.

Maximum current settings control the maximum speed the function will operate.

START/STOP SLOPE

The selection will move to the next adjustment, Max Current.

Current [mA] Max current

Min current Start slope

Stop slope

t [ms]

Start and stop slope is the time it will take for the current to rise from minimum to maximum and maximum to minimum respectively.

2.49

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

Max current adjustment range is 200 – 1500 mA. Scroll UP/DOWN to reset value, then press OK.

Stop Slope adjustment range is 0 – 1000 mS. Scroll UP/DOWN to reset value, then press OK.

The selection will move to the next adjustment, Start Slope.

The selection will return to the Hydraulics page, Scroll UP/DOWN to next function and repeat the previous procedure for Grapple Open/Close adjustment to reset the settings for the next selection.

NOTE: To reset the value back to default setting, scroll up or down to the setting you want to reset then press F2 and the reset Confirmation dialogue box will turn on with the choice Yes F2 or No F3 to reset the value.

Start Slope adjustment range is 0 – 1000 mS. Scroll UP/DOWN to reset value, then press OK. (1000 mS = 1 second) The selection will move to the next adjustment, Stop Slope

2.50

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART Adjustments

Range (or Choice)

Units

Default Settings

Grapple -Open/+Close COUT (if equipped) -Min current 0 to 750 mA 0 to 750 mA -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 ms -Stop slope 0 to 1000 ms 0 to 750 mA +Min current 0 to 750 mA +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 ms +Stop slope 0 to 1000 ms LOADER BUTT 'N' TOP/POWER CLAM Rotate/Pump 2 COUT -cw/+ccw 0 to 750 mA -Min current 0 to 750 mA -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 ms -Stop slope 0 to 1000 ms 0 to 750 mA +Min current 0 to 750 mA +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 ms +Stop slope 0 to 1000 ms HARVESTER Rotate/Pump 2 COUT -Warmup/+Pump 2 0 to 750 mA -Min current 0 to 750 mA -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 ms -Stop slope 0 to 1000 ms 0 to 750 mA +Min current 0 to 750 mA +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 ms +Stop slope 0 to 1000 ms Rotate Float COUT (if equipped)) 0 to 1500 mA +Min current 0 to 1500 mA +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 ms +Stop slope 0 to 1000 ms Right Outrigger Cylinder -Up/+Down COUT (if equipped) 0 to 750 mA -Min current 0 to 750 mA -Max current -Start slope -Stop slope 0 to 750 mA +Min current 0 to 750 mA +Max current +Start slope +Stop slope Left Outrigger Cylinder -Up/+Down COUT (if equipped) 0 to 750 mA -Min current -Max current 0 to 750 mA -Start slope -Stop slope 0 to 750 mA +Min current +Max current 0 to 750 mA +Start slope +Stop slope

*Outrigger Start Ramp (both) Range 0 *Outrigger Stop Ramp (both) Range 0

Warmup % Range

-100

300 650 0 0 300 600 0 0 300 600 250 500 300 600 250 500 200 600 0 0 200 600 0 0 200 500 0 0 300 600 300 600

300 600 300 600

Use Outrigger Start Ramp * Use Outrigger Stop Ramp *

Use Outrigger Start Ramp * Use Outrigger Stop Ramp * Use Outrigger Start Ramp * Use Outrigger Stop Ramp *

to

2000

ms

0

to

2000

ms

0

to

0

%

-60

2.51

Use Outrigger Start Ramp * Use Outrigger Stop Ramp *

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

MEASURE MENU

The following menu items can be selected.

• Inputs

From the main menu page press the F2 button (Measure) to access the measure menu.

• Outputs • Joysticks • IQAN status • Sensors • Fan • Anti-stall • FUEL CONSUMPTION • J1939 Parameter Inputs • Linde Tank • Aftertreatment NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

2.52

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

PREFERENCES MENU

From the main menu page press the F3 button (Preferences) to access the preferences menu.

The following menu items can be selected for adjustment.

• Display – press F1 to select • Date/Time – press F2 to select • Language – press F3 to select Press the back button to return to the main menu page.

2.53

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT

Screen Saver Adjustment

After selecting F1 the display adjustment screen opens and the following adjustments can be selected:

Press F3 to access the screen saver adjustment.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll through the choices. Three choices are available:

• RETURN TO MAIN MENU – Select F1

• SCREEN SAVER OFF

• BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT – Select F2

• DIMMED – Timeout – Dimmed light

• SCREEN SAVER – Select F3

• BLACK – Timeout

Backlight Adjustment

Press F2 to access the backlight adjustment.

After making a selection press the OK button to confirm selection.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to adjust the display backlight. The range is 10 to 100. The default setting is 100.

When the desired setting is selected press the OK button to confirm the setting. A good rule to follow is the lower the number the longer the life of the display unit.

2.54

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT

Date Adjustment

From the preferences menu press the F2 button to access Date/Time adjustment.

Press F1 to access the date adjustment.

The following menu items can be selected: • Date – Press F1 to select

Use the up or down arrow buttons to scroll through the YEAR list to select the year.

Press the OK button to confirm year selected.

• Time – Press F2 to select Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

When the year has been confirmed the display will highlight the MONTH. Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the month.

Press the OK button to confirm month selected.

2.55

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger Time Adjustment Press F2 to access the time adjustment.

When the month has been confirmed the display will highlight the DAY.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the HOUR.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the day.

Press the OK button to confirm selection.

Press the OK button to confirm day selected.

When the hour has been confirmed the display will show the MINUTES highlighted.

The display will return to the Date/Time menu.

Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the minute.

Press OK button to confirm the selection.

The display will return to the Date/Time menu screen.

Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

2.56

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT (IF APPLICABLE)

From the preferences menu press the F2 button to access language adjustment screen.

The languages available for selection will be shown.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to move to the preferred language.

Press OK to confirm the selection.

The display will return to the LANGUAGE menu screen.

Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

2.57

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

INFO MENU

MODULES

From the main menu page press the F4 button (Info) and the access the info menu.

From the Info menu press F1 to select the modules menu.

The machine ID information will be displayed on the screen.

This menu provides information on the following machine modules: • MD3 • Cab XS2 • Frame Module 0 XA2 • Frame Module 1 XA2 • Tigercat/FPT NEF 6.7L

The following menu items can be selected: • Modules – Press F1 to select • Logs – Press F3 to select Press the back button to return to the main menu page.

Shown above the MD3 module has been selected.

Specific information for the MD3 is displayed on the screen.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

2.58

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

LOGS

Press F3 from the info menu page to select logs.

This menu lists the logs available in the machine program and the number of records within each log.

The records are a list of all the fault occurrences in each log. Records cannot be cleared by operators.

Use the up or down arrow buttons to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

2.59

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

MESSAGES ALARM LIGHT MASTER ALARM

MD3 COMPUTER

The MD3 computer displays messages, activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs. Note that the computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine start up to ensure that master alarm and alarm light are functioning.

There are different types of Messages and Alarms, they appear on the screen as a block message.

The types of messages are: • CRITICAL MESSAGE – Color RED • ERROR MESSAGE – Color RED • ALERT MESSAGE – Color YELLOW • INFORMATION MESSAGE – Color BLUE Messages can be hidden or acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (Hide or OK).

All messages that have been hidden or acknowledged are stored in the computer.

In some instances it will be necessary to immediately stop the machine, shut the engine OFF and repair the problem causing the message.

Active fault messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. Recalled messages will be displayed in order starting with the highest priority first.

NOTE: When contacting Tigercat Customer service about any messages it is very important to write down and communicate the whole message (all text shown on the screen). This greatly reduces troubleshooting time.

2.60

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED) Critical messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred.

Critical messages have the highest level of priority and are used to alert the operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety.

When a critical message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

A list of CRITICAL MESSAGES is as follows:

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

• Hydraulic Oil Level Critically Low

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to STOP machine operation, SHUT THE ENGINE OFF and service the machine to correct the problem.

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to make the machine safe, then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur!

• Hydraulic Oil Temperature High • Hardware Fault – MD3 • Hardware Fault – Engine • Hardware Fault – XS2 • Hardware Fault – XA2-A0 • Hardware Fault – XA2-A1 • Engine Coolant Temperature High • Engine Coolant Level Low • Aftertreatment System Technical failure severe*

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

• Aftertreatment System Engine idle too long* • Engine Torque Derate Active

Critical messages flash the critical symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

• Engine Locked out* • Engine Restarts Remaining* • Engine Oil Pressure Low • Engine Oil Temperature High • Engine Fault Code Messages – Critical *NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

2.61

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

Hydraulic Oil

Hydraulic Oil

Level Critically Low.

Temperature High.

HYDRAULIC OIL – LEVEL CRITICALLY LOW

HYDRAULIC OIL – TEMPERATURE HIGH

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the main hydraulic tank oil level is extremely low.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the oil temperature exceeds the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use.

Stop the engine immediately when this alarm is activated. Operating machine with a low hydraulic oil level can cause hydraulic pumps to fail.

When this alarm is activated stop the engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks.

Repair leaks and refill the main hydraulic tank to FULL mark on the sight gauge. Restart engine and inspect for leaks.

If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use, check the following: • Plugged oil cooler • Malfunction in a hydraulic circuit • Malfunction of hydraulic fan drive system • Malfunction of engine Anti-Stall system

NOTE: The hydraulic oil level icon illuminates red when a hydraulic oil level extremely low critical message has been activated.

• Low hydraulic oil level in tank • Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range do not continue to operate the machine.

This alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the main menu, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge.

Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life.

Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information.

Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE FUNCTIONS – HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil temperature information display.

2.62

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

Hardware Fault – MD3

Hardware Fault - XS2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT – MD3

HARDWARE FAULT - XS2

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the MD3 Display module has been hidden.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the XS2 Module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

A VREF (modules reference voltage) error is an example of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active fault which triggers this message.

A VREF and no contact errors are examples of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

Hardware Fault – Engine

Hardware Fault - XA2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT – MD3

HARDWARE FAULT - XA2

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the MD3 Display module has been hidden.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the XA2 module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

A VREF error is an example of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active fault which triggers this message.

A VREF (modules reference voltage) and no contact errors are examples of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

2.63

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

Engine

Engine

Engine locked out. Engine derate to 0% Torque and 850 rpm. Contact Dealer

3 restarts remaining until engine lockout.

ENGINE LOCKED OUT

ENGINE RESTARTS REMAINING UNTIL ENGINE LOCKOUT

NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

This message will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when an engine is locked out by the computer system to prevent further damage to the engine and aftertreatment system.

This message will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound to inform the operator of the number of restarts available before the engine is locked out.

Note that an engine is locked out after several other critical aftertreatment system messages regarding the cause of the problem and additional messages regarding the number of restarts until engine lockout.

Note that an engine is locked out after several other critical aftertreatment system messages regarding the cause of the problem and this message regarding the number of restarts until engine lockout.

Once locked out the engine will only operate at idle. Action to correct the original cause(s) of the lockout must be taken before the engine can be reset. Contact dealer to reset engine lockout for normal operation.

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE LOCKED OUT in THIS SECTION.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for code information.

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE RESTARTS REMAINING UNTIL ENGINE LOCKOUT in THIS SECTION.

2.64

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

SPN: 9939 1 of 1

SPN: 4645 1 of 1

Engine Oil Pressure Low.

Contact dealer.

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW

ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL

This message will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when engine oil pressure falls below 0.7 bar (10 psi ).

Critical engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control unit.

Stop the engine when this alarm is activated.

Check engine oil levels.

Refer to STARTING THE ENGINE in THIS SECTION for more information.

SPN: 7123 1 of 1 Engine oil temperature high.

They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) as well as a message describing the fault (when available).

Critical engine fault codes are higher priority messages than alert level engine fault code messages. Critical messages can be hidden but immediate action must be taken, STOP machine operation and service engine immediately to resolve the cause of the fault.

An example of a critical engine fault message is shown above.

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH This message will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when engine oil temperature exceeds recommended engine temperature.

Check the cooling assembly and fan for proper operation and run a clean cycle. It is also important to manually clean debris from the machine on a regular basis to maintain low machine operating temperatures. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in THIS SECTION.

Note that some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault.

Make a note of the SPN code and contact service for more information.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for specific information regarding the engine and aftertreatment system.

NOTE: Contact your Tigercat dealer to obtain an Engine Fault Codes chart. An up to date copy should be kept in the manual box (in the cab). The chart is updated regularly by the engine manufacturer, so it is important to check periodically with the Tigercat dealer to ensure that you have a current copy of the Engine Fault Codes chart.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for service information.

2.65

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

ERROR MESSAGES (RED) Error messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred.

Error messages are computer system generated and are generally triggered by computer system error and fault related conditions.

Error messages have the second highest level of priority and are used to alert the operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety.

A list of some types of ERROR MESSAGES is as follows:

Error messages are activated whenever a fault such as an electrical connection is broken/ disconnected. Most error messages are due to computer system hardware or connection faults.

• Module VREF Error • Voltage Input Error (VIN)

When an error message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

• Digital Output Error (DOUT) • Current Output Error (COUT) • Module No Contact Error Note that not all error messages are shown.

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to stop machine operation, shut the engine off and service the machine to correct the problem.

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to move the machine to a safe location then stop machine operation and shut the engine off before serious machine damage can occur!

Messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). To recall active messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

Error messages flash the critical symbol

• Digital Input Error (DIN)

or the

above the F4 button when active messages are hidden depending on the type of error message. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

2.66

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

MODULE VREF ERROR The module VREF message will be displayed to indicate a problem related to the 5 V reference signal coming from the module.

MD3 VREF error

The module is identified on the display screen.

This message indicates a problem with a sensor, connecting wires or the 5V reference signal itself.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER– MESSAGES – CRITICAL – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

CAB XS2 VREF error

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 VREF error

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 VREF error

2.67

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger CURRENT OUTPUT ERROR (COUT)

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 Pin C1:12

Current output error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a current output signal from a computer system module.

AIR INTAKE SENSOR VIN Low error

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal destination and the text indicates the type of error.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

VOLTAGE INPUT ERROR (VIN)

Once acknowledged these message will be replaced with a hardware failure message for the corresponding module when active faults recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – ALERT – HARDWARE FAILURE in THIS SECTION.

Voltage input error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a voltage input signal to a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal source and the text indicates the type of error.

An example of a voltage input error message is shown above.

DIGITAL INPUT ERROR (DIN) Digital input error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a digital input signal to a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal source and the text indicates the type of error.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

DIGITAL OUTPUT ERROR (DOUT) Digital output error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a digital output signal from a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal destination and the text indicates the type of error.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

2.68

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR The module no contact error message will be displayed to indicate a loss of communication with or power to a module. The module is identified on the display screen.

CAB XS2 No contact

When a module loses contact all machine functions controlled by that module cease and all messages associated with that module are triggered. If the problem is with the CAN wires all modules beyond the problem module will also be affected.

Note that if the MD3 display module has a loss of power or other malfunction the screen may go blank and all machine functions controlled by the computer system will be affected.

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 No contact

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER– MESSAGES – CRITICAL– HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 No contact

Tigercat FPT NEF 6.7 L No contact

2.69

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW) Alert messages advise the operator that machine operation will be compromised.

Alert messages have the second level of priority and are used to indicate to the operator that action is required to prevent future damage to the machine.

All alert message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

Action should be taken to service the machine to correct the problem at the earliest opportunity to prevent future damage to the machine.

Alert computer system generated messages are generally triggered by computer system error and fault related conditions.

Alert messages flash the alert symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden.

When a system generated alert message is displayed the external alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

Note that if both a critical level fault and an alert level fault are present the critical symbol will take priority until the critical fault becomes inactive.

There are two types of alert messages: Alert programmed messages generally triggered by machine function related conditions.

When an alert message is displayed, the external alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

Note that active hardware fault alert messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK).

To recall these messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

2.70

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

A list of ALERT MESSAGES is as follows: • Charge Filter Restricted (Swing) • Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted

Drive Charge Filter

• Hydraulic Oil Level Low

Bypassed. Service machine to correct.

• Harvester Interlock • RH Joystick Interlock • LH Joystick Interlock • Starter Disengaged • Hardware Fault – MD3 • Hardware Fault – XS2 • Hardware Fault – XA2 • Hardware Failure – VIN • Hardware Failure – DIN • Hardware Failure – DOUT • Hardware Failure – COUT • Engine Voltage

Low

• Engine Voltage

High

• Engine Fault Code Messages – Alert • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level <10%* • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level <5%* • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Empty* *NOTE: DEF exhaust fluid level applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

Some types of computer system generated alert messages are listed below: • Module High Temperature – Alert • Module High Supply Voltage – Alert • Module Low Supply Voltage – Alert

ALERT MESSAGES CHARGE FILTER (SWING) This message will be displayed when an oil flow restriction in excess of 3.5 bar (50 psi) is encountered at the swing charge filter. This pressure build up also opens the filter bypass valve in the filter head allowing oil to bypass the filter element.

If alarm sounds during cold start-ups, the engine speed should be reduced and the warm-up procedure continued. Note that the Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass icon will be illuminated yellow when hydraulic oil temperature is low and the charge filter is in bypass.

If the alarm sounds when the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature the hydraulic oil filter Bypass icon will be illuminated red when hydraulic oil temperature is at operating temperature and the charge filter is in bypass.

When this happens the filter requires immediate service.

NOTE: The hydraulic oil filter bypass lamps are also used to indicate a main filter restriction. Refer to FILTERS – HYDRAULIC RETURN in THIS SECTION.

Not all system generated alert messages are shown.

2.71

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

Engine Air Intake Filter

HARVESTER INTERLOCK

Restricted. Service Machine to correct.

HARVESTER HEAD PRESSURE WILL TURN ONPROCEED?

YES ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED This message will be displayed when a signal is received from the engine air filter restriction sensor on the engine air cleaner.

The engine air intake pressure icon illuminates yellow when service to the filter is required.

The engine air intake pressure icon illuminates red, along with an alert message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

When this happens the engine air cleaner requires immediate service.

Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

NO

HARVESTER INPUT ACTIVE DURING PILOT RESET–HARVESTER HEAD PRESSURE WILL TURN ON – PROCEED ? (HARVESTER ONLY) This message will be displayed whenever pump1 and/or pump 2 input interlock occurs.

This prevents accidental operation of the pump 1 and pump 2 functions (hydraulic pressure to the harvesting head) as the pilot system is reset (door closed and pilot lever ON). Outputs from the attachment control system activated during a pilot system reset must first be released before they will operate normally.

To release the interlock, allowing harvester head pressure to turn on, press YES (F1).

To prevent harvester head pressure from turning on , press NO (F2).

For more information on the pilot system reset refer to PILOT RESET LEVER AND PROXIMITY SWITCH and PILOT SYSTEM SHUT-OFF in THIS SECTION.

Hydraulic Oil Level Low.

JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW

RELEASE DEPRESSED BUTTON ON LEFT JOYSTICK AND CYCLE PILOT

This message will be displayed when the main hydraulic tank oil level is low.

When this alarm is activated stop the engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks.

Repair leaks and refill tank to the FULL mark on the sight gauge. Restart the engine and inspect for leaks. Operating machine with a low hydraulic oil level can cause hydraulic pumps to fail.

Note that the hydraulic oil level icon illuminates yellow when a hydraulic oil level low alert message has been activated.

JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK – LEFT (LOADER ONLY) This message will be shown when a left joystick pilot function control is activated before the pilot system is reset. Release switch to reset pilot.

This interlock prevents operation of pilot operated machine functions.

For more information on the pilot system reset refer to PILOT RESET LEVER AND PROXIMITY SWITCH and PILOT SYSTEM SHUT-OFF in THIS SECTION.

2.72

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK

Hardware Fault – MD3

RELEASE DEPRESSED BUTTON ON RIGHT JOYSTICK AND CYCLE PILOT

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK – RIGHT (LOADER ONLY)

HARDWARE FAULT – MD3 This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the MD3 Display module has been hidden.

This message will be shown when a right joystick pilot function control is activated before the pilot system is reset. Release switch to reset pilot.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

This interlock prevents operation of pilot operated machine functions.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

For more information on the pilot system reset refer to PILOT RESET LEVER AND PROXIMITY SWITCH and PILOT SYSTEM SHUT-OFF in THIS SECTION.

Pilot Lever

Hardware Fault – XS2

Starter disengaged when pilot lever is down – lift pilot lever to enable starter

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

PILOT LEVER – STARTER DISENGAGED WHEN PILOT LEVER IS DOWN

HARDWARE FAULT – XS2 This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the XS2 module has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when an attempt is made to start the engine while the pilot lever is down.

This interlock prevents accidental activation of pilot operated controls during engine start.

Refer to STARTING THE ENGINE in THIS SECTION. For more information on the pilot system reset refer to PILOT RESET LEVER AND PROXIMITY SWITCH and PILOT SYSTEM SHUT-OFF in THIS SECTION.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

2.73

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

Hardware Fault – XA2

Hardware Failure – DIN

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT – XA2

HARDWARE FAILURE – DIN

This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to an XA2 module has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when a digital input error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

Hardware Failure – DOUT Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Hardware Failure – VIN Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAILURE – DOUT This message will be displayed when a digital output error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

HARDWARE FAILURE – VIN This message will be displayed when a voltage input error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

2.74

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

Hardware Failure – COUT

SPN: 168 FMI: 16 1 of 1

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Engine voltage high – Above normal, severe

HARDWARE FAILURE – COUT

ENGINE VOLTAGE HIGH

This message will be displayed when a current output error message has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when engine voltage readings of greater than 30 V are detected.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

SPN: 168 FMI: 18 1 of 1 Engine voltage low – Below normal, severe

ENGINE VOLTAGE LOW This message will be displayed when engine voltage readings of less than 20 V are detected.

When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

2.75

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger MD3

MD3

MD3

MD3

High temperature

Low supply voltage

Value: 75 °C MODULE HIGH TEMPERATURE – ALERT

MODULE LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE – ALERT

Module high temperature alert message will be displayed to indicate that the computer control system has detected high temperature readings in a system module.

Module low supply voltage alert message will be displayed to indicate that the computer control system has detected low supply voltage readings in a system module.

The module is identified on the display screen.

The temperature reading value is also displayed.

The module is identified on the display screen.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – ALERT – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – ALERT–HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION. MD3

MD3 High supply voltage

Value: 35 V MODULE HIGH SUPPLY VOLTAGE – ALERT Module high supply voltage alert message will be displayed to indicate that the computer control system has detected high supply voltage readings in a system module.

The module is identified on the display screen.

The voltage reading value is also displayed.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – ALERT–HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

2.76

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

SPN: ###### FMI: # 1 of 1 Contact dealer.

ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES – ALERT Alert engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when an alert engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control unit.

They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) and the FMI code (fault mode identifier) as well as a message describing the fault (when available).

Alert engine fault codes are lower priority messages than critical level engine fault code messages. Alert messages can be hidden but action (service engine) is required to resolve the cause of the fault.

An example of an alert engine fault message is shown above.

Note that some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault. Make a note of the SPN and FMI codes and contact service for more information.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for specific information regarding the engine and aftertreatment system.

NOTE: Contact your Tigercat dealer to obtain an Engine Fault Codes chart. An up to date copy should be kept in the manual box located in the cab. The chart is updated regularly by the engine manufacturer, so it is important to check periodically with the Tigercat dealer to ensure that you have a current copy of the Engine Fault Codes chart.

2.77

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

SPN: 15851 FMI:1 1 of 1

SPN: 15765 FMI: 7 1 of 1

DEF Level below 10%.

DEF tank empty.

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL MESSAGES

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL EMPTY

NOTE: DEF level applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when diesel exhaust fluid level empty is detected. Action to correct DEF levels should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system components.

There are three levels of diesel exhaust fluid level messages generated by the DeNox Unit.

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL <10% This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a diesel exhaust fluid level below 10% is detected. Action to correct DEF levels should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system components.

• Beginning immediately after a DEF level empty message, the engine is derated to idle within 30 minutes.

Fill DEF tank and restart engine to clear the message.

Fill DEF tank and restart engine to clear the message.

Refer to DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK in THIS SECTION.

Note that an Engine Torque Derate Active message will also be triggered as the engine begins to derate. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – CRITICAL – ENGINE TORQUE DERATE ACTIVE.

SPN: 15852 FMI:1 1 of 1 DEF Level below 5%.

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL <5% This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a diesel exhaust fluid level below 5% is detected. Action to correct DEF levels should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system components.

• Beginning immediately after a DEF level <5% message, there will be a ramp down of Engine Speed by 60% and Torque by 65% over 40 minutes.

Fill the DEF tank and restart engine to clear the message 2.78

Tigercat 875 Logger INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE)

Controls and Operation INFORMATION MESSAGES

Information messages give the operator information regarding an event or problem condition while the event or problem exists.

Hydraulic Oil Self Warmup

Information messages have lowest priority and are used to give the operator information that is useful to the operator, but requires no action to prevent immediate or future damage to the machine When an information message is displayed on the screen the message will either automatically disappear when the condition no longer exists or stay on the screen until the operator acknowledges the message.

Information messages can be acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). Acknowledged information messages are removed from the screen.

Information messages do not have an indicator after they have been acknowledged.

Most information messages that have been acknowledged cannot be reviewed.

Recurrence of an event or problem condition related to an information message may cause the message to be shown again.

Restarting the machine may also cause the message to be shown again.

A list of the INFORMATION MESSAGES is as follows:

Begin Warmup?

YES

NO

HYDRAULIC OIL SELF WARMUP BEGIN WARMUP? (HARVESTER ONLY) This message will be displayed when the self warmup function is manually initiated from the information mode menu. The function is only available for harvesters.

The self warmup initiate button (F3) is available on the information mode menu only when the pilot is OFF and the hydraulic oil temperature is low.

The self warmup function increases engine speed to 1100 rpm and shifts the Pump2 section of the main valve to the warmup position where oil flows over a relief to warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature. Note also that when the hydraulic oil temperature is low the oil cooler bypass will be open reducing oil cooling.

Press the F2 (Yes) button to begin self warmup.

Press the F3 (No) button to skip self warmup.

When hydraulic oil reaches operating temperature the self warmup function will automatically turn off. Alternately the function can be stopped manually. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – INFORMATION – SELF WARMUP ENGAGED in THIS SECTION.

• Hydraulic Oil Self Warmup – Begin Warmup ?

• Self Warmup – Engaged • Fan Full ON

Note that to ensure the self warmup function works correctly it is important that hydraulic oil grade be selected correctly to match the type of hydraulic oil in use. This information is used by the machine program to adapt hydraulic oil temperature warmup information for the operating range of each Hydraulic Oil Grade.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE MENU – WARMUP INITIATE (HARVESTER ONLY) in THIS SECTION. Refer to COMPUTER – SELF WARMUP MODE (HARVESTER ONLY).

2.79

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

Self Warmup

Fan Full ON

Engaged – Pilot Lever down will disengage

Switch Activated

Stop

Hide

SELF WARMUP ENGAGED This message will be displayed when self warmup mode is engaged.

FAN FULL ON

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – INFORMATION – HYDRAULIC OIL SELF WARMUP BEGIN WARMUP in THIS SECTION.

The fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTO position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control.

This message will be displayed when the cooling fan switch is in the FULL ON position.

Press F2 (Stop) to manually stop self warmup.

Note also that if the pilot system is turned on, self warmup will disengage.

When hydraulic oil reaches operating temperature self warmup mode will automatically disengage.

Refer to CAB CONTROLS – COOLING FAN SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

Refer to COMPUTER – SELF WARMUP MODE (HARVESTER ONLY).

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – INFORMATION – HYDRAULIC OIL SELF WARMUP BEGIN WARMUP? in THIS SECTION.

2.80

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

FUSE AND RELAY PANEL – CAB

875-008

CAB FUSES AND RELAYS

The fuse panel is located in the electrical panel in the left rear corner inside the cab behind the operator’s seat.

Each circuit of the machine is protected by a fuse.

If a fuse is blown it must be replaced by one of the same value. If the fuse blows again, the circuit should be inspected for possible short circuit or other malfunction.

875-009

CAB ELECTRICAL COMPARTMENT

CAB FUSES AND RELAYS 2.81

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

FUSES AND RELAYS – MAIN, SERVICE COMPARTMENT This Main Fuse and Relay electrical box is located in the radiator/heat exchanger compartment on the left side of the machine.

875-240 875-241

MAIN FUSE ELECTRICAL BOX LOCATION (TIER 4 MACHINE SHOWN)

2.82

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

MAIN FUSE ELECTRICAL BOX (TIER 4 MACHINE SHOWN)

MAIN FUSE ELECTRICAL BOX (TIER 2 MACHINE SHOWN)

2.83

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

ENGINE ROOF

COOLER PACKAGE DOOR

CAUTION Be sure all personnel are clear of the engine and main service compartment roof and side door before opening or closing the roof or side door.

ENGINE AND MAIN SERVICE COMPARTMENT ACCESS The engine compartment and main service compartment are accessed by a power roof and power side door. The roof and side door are opened hydraulically using an electric pump. A switch located in the cab is used to open and close the roof and side door.

When unlocked the side door opens first and the engine roof opens next, refer to POWER ROOF AND SIDE DOOR OPERATION in THIS SECTION for details.

NOTE: When the roof is open, lock valves in the cylinder block the roof open.

SIDE DOOR STEP ASSEMBLY TILTED FORWARD 880-015

ENGINE ROOF AND SIDE DOOR

BATTERIES AND REMOTE DISCONNECT RELAY SWITCH The battery compartment is located in front of the step assembly on the right front side of the machine. Turn the battery disconnect switch off before removing battery box cover. With the steps in the normal position, remove the battery box cover (which doubles as the bottom step) to access the batteries. Power from the batteries is controlled by the battery disconnect switch in the cab via a relay switch located in the battery compartment.

The power roof and side door circuit does not normally require scheduled maintenance other than lubrication of cylinders and pivot points.

Tigercat recommends the use of DEXRON III TYPE transmission fluid in this circuit (tank capacity 3.0 litres (0.80 US gallons), total circuit capacity approximately 12 litres (3.2 US gallons)].

The fill port is located on the pump.

NOTE: The system is also equipped with a manual back-up roof/door open pump located beside the electric pump.

BATTERY DISCONNECT RELAY

The machines are equipped with an engine side door sensor which activates a door open alarm when the right side door is open.

The step assembly can be tilted forward manually to access the hydraulic pump area.

TWO 60A FUSES 875-079

BATTERY COMPARTMENT

The relay switch is activated/deactivated by the battery disconnect switch located in the cab on the control panel on the left side cab pillar. Two batteries with 950 cold cranking amps each are connected in series provide a 24 V electrical system.

2.84

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

The hydraulic oil level must be kept between the HIGH and LOW limits at all times. An electronic fluid level sending unit is installed in the top of the tank, this unit sends a signal to the computer that is translated by the computer and displayed as a fluid level on the computer display. If the hydraulic oil reaches a low level an audio and visual warning alarm will turn on and the computer will display a message to alert the operator.

HYDRAULIC TANK AND FILTERS SERVICE COMPARTMENT

Allowing the level to drop below the LOW limit can result in severe damage to hydraulic components.

ENGINE ROOF AND LEFT SIDE DOOR

If the oil level drops, inspect the machine including all fittings and hydraulic components for leaks.

Once the source of the oil loss is located and repaired, oil can be added to the tank using the hand fill pump.

The hydraulic tank and return filters are located in a service compartment behind the cab on the left side of the machine. Open the service compartment door to gain access to the filters and tank.

PRESSURE GAUGE

SOLENOID ACTIVATED AIR VENT VALVE MANUAL AIR VENT VALVE

875-012

SCHRADER VALVE

2

SIGHT GAUGE

3

HYDRAULIC TANK

1 AIR VENT VALVES

(6) HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTERS

HYDRAULIC TANK

HYDRAULIC TANK - RETURN FILTERS

HAND FILL PUMP

IMPORTANT! The hydraulic tank is pressurized to 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Before servicing the hydraulic system the tank must be depressurized. Two air vent valves air installed on the tank to release the air from the tank: • A solenoid activated valve (1) is used to vent the tank from the cab by using the Hydraulic Tank Air Vent Switch on the cab switch panel.

875-004

HYDRAULIC TANK AND FILTER SERVICE COMPARTMENT

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM.

Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

After service is completed, close manual air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for details.

• A manual air vent valve (2) is used to release the pressure from the tank when working in the service compartment.

• A Schrader valve (3) is provided to add air to pressurize the tank and provide a positive oil flow at the suction side of the tank.

There is a sight gauge on the side of the tank that is visible through the access door on the left side of the machine.

2.85

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger BREATHER FILTER

HINGED ACCESS DOOR

(6) HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTERS STRAINER ACCESS COVER HYDRAULIC TANK

HAND FILL PUMP

875-080

HYDRAULIC TANK AND RETURN FILTER SERVICE COMPARTMENT

HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTERS

IMPORTANT! Contaminated hydraulic oil can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs.

Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals. See SECTION 3 in THIS MANUAL.

The return oil entering the hydraulic tank passes through six replaceable filters mounted on filter heads beside the tank and three mesh type reusable diffusers one on the end of each return tube in the tank.

There is a bypass valve built into each filter head preset at 1.7 bar (25 psi), which will open in the event the elements become restricted. Before this valve is activated, a 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction switch, located on one of the filter heads, will cause the Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass icon on the computer display to illuminate red. Note that the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon will be illuminated yellow when hydraulic oil temperature is low and the filter restriction switch is activated. Note also that the hydraulic oil filter bypass icons are also used to indicate a charge filter (swing) restriction.

HYDRAULIC FILTER BYPASS (RED)

Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

875-081

(6) HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTERS (3) HYDRAULIC RETURN DIFFUSERS

HYDRAULIC FILTER BYPASS (YELLOW)

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS AND DIFFUSERS

2.86

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

GREASE GUN BOX

SHUT-OFF VALVE

HEXAGON HOLE 875-011

HYDRAULIC TANK

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

CASE DRAIN STRAINER A case drain strainer element is located in the hydraulic valve compartment. It services the main pump, swing pump, attachment pump, fan pump fan motor case drains and swing pump charge pressure filter bypass.

HAND FILL PUMP 875-202

HYDRAULIC TANK AND FILTER SERVICE COMPARTMENT

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

The strainer element requires no regular maintenance over the life of the machine. This element requires maintenance only in the case of damage or contamination due to a hydraulic pump or motor failure.

IMPORTANT! The strainer element is not a filter element. Always use the correct replacement element. Use of an incorrect (filter type) element will result in pump damage.

The hydraulic hand fill pump is used to add oil to the hydraulic tank. It is located inside the hydraulic tank and filter service compartment behind the cab on the left side of the machine and is made accessible by opening the service compartment door.

Prior to adding oil to the hydraulic tank, determine and repair the source of the oil loss. Release air pressure from the tank using the air vent valve.

Open the oil fill shut off valve (ball valve located on top of the hand pump). Remove hose from stored position. Remove the plug from the end of the fill tube with the aid of the hexagon hole in the grease gun box on the door. Thoroughly clean outside surface of suction hose and insert end into supply drum. Operate the pump by moving the handle back and forth at medium speed and a steady motion. The oil passes through the filters on the return lines of the hydraulic system. When the sight gauge reads between low and high stop pumping and return the handle to upright position.

Close the oil fill shut off valve.

2.87

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM AIR CLEANER

UNLOADER VALVE

PRE-CLEANER

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

875-172

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses two filter elements; a primary element and a safety element.

It is accessible through the service door on the right side of the engine compartment.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

2. Curved particle accelerator blades slam air and dirt up against the sidewall 3. Angled fins along the interior surface move heavier-than air debris towards the ejection slot 4. Clean air continues to swirl down into the engine air inlet pipe The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is selfpowered and self-cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area of the precleaner.

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

845C-070

This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before the start of every shift (8 hrs). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 Hours.

PRECLEANER OPERATION

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER How it works: 1. Air enters the underside of the dome through screened louvers, which prevents clogging by blocking any particles larger than the ejection slot from entering the unit.

2.88

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted. Service Machine to correct.

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR 875-016

ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED (YELLOW)

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A mechanical filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter.

Replace the primary air filter when the indicator shows red. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After replacing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED (RED)

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR

875-017

This machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns yellow when service to the filter is required and turns red, along with an alert message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

NOTE: Replace the safety element every third primary filter change.

Refer to AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, ENGINE – AIR CLEANER – OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – ALERT– ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED in THIS SECTION.

2.89

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER (COOLER PACKAGE) CHARGE AIR COOLER

RADIATOR

CLEANING PROCEDURE: 1. Shut down the engine as per instructions in ENGINE STOPPING in THIS SECTION. Always follow proper engine shutdown procedures. The important benefits are:

OIL COOLER

• Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

• Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

SURGE TANK FAN MOTOR

875-018

• Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risks from touching hot surfaces.

FINGER GUARD

ENGINE ROOF

FAN

COOLER PACKAGE DOOR

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/ CHARGE AIR COOLER

The hydraulic oil cooler/radiator/charge air cooler (cooler package) is mounted at the left side of the upper structure. The A/C condenser core is mounted at the outside of the cooler package.

An optional debris screen is used to protect the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooler package on some machine configurations. The hydraulically driven fan draws air through the screen, through the A/C condenser, the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooler package.

SIDE DOOR STEP ASSEMBLY TILTED FORWARD 880-015

ENGINE ROOF AND SIDE DOOR

2. Open the engine roof and cooler package door.

DEBRIS SCREEN (IF EQUIPPED)

The fan drive system has a CLEAN function which reverses the direction of the fan to clean the cooler package by blowing air in the opposite direction through the cooler package to remove dust and debris.

In addition, the A/C condenser core, the oil cooler and the engine radiator assembly should be checked every 8 hours (every shift) for accumulation of twigs, leaves, pine needles and dust. All of the engine enclosure doors should also be kept clean.

880-164

COOLER PACKAGE DOOR

COOLER PACKAGE DOOR

3. Slide the debris screen (if equipped) out over top of the cooler package.

2.90

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation Pay particular attention to cleaning in the corners of the cooler as these areas usually plug deeply.

Reversing the fan at least once per hour will help reduce the dust accumulation in the cooler cores.

Refer to CAB CONTROLS – COOLING FAN SWITCH, CLEAN POSITION in THIS SECTION to manually reverse fan.

880-164

Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE, ADJUST MENU – MACHINE PARAMETERS – TIMED PURGE INTERVAL in THIS SECTION.

COOLER PACKAGE

For more information on fire prevention refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

4. Remove two nuts and carefully swing open the A/C condenser (on hinges) to expose oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooler package and remove any accumulated debris.

5. When the units have been cleaned return all cooling components to their operating position.

CAUTION

If an oil leak occurs in this area it should be thoroughly power-washed with a mild soap to ensure that all of the oil is removed. The presence of oil causes dust and dirt to cling to surfaces which will impair the reversible fan’s ability to remove dust and dirt particles.

Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris being blown into contact with hot surfaces.

If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris. and do not provide a safe foot hold.

CAUTION Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation. Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine.

NOTE: The cooler package must be checked daily and may have to be thoroughly cleaned on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, depending on operating conditions. Use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris.

Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces. Care must be taken not to set the pressure too high otherwise damage to the components could result.

2.91

Controls and Operation

CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

FAN SHROUD

Tigercat 875 Logger

RADIATOR

DEBRIS SCREEN (IF EQUIPPED)

OIL COOLER

A/C CONDENSER

RADIATOR FILL CAP

SURGE TANK COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR

FAN

FAN MOTOR

880-01

NOTE: REGULARLY CHECK FOR DEBRIS ACCUMULATION BETWEEN RADIATOR/ CHARGE AIR COOLER AND A/C CONDENSER

FAN GUARD

COOLER PACKAGE COMPONENTS 2.92

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

CAB TILT

880-030

POWER ROOF/DOOR AND CAB TILT PUMP

REMOVE (6) RETAINING BOLTS- 3 PER SIDE 7. Remove the 6 cab retaining bolts (3 per side) on the right and left bottom rear corners of the cab frame. These are located inside the compartment below the cab.

Store bolts, spacers and washers in area provided.

TILT PUMP HANDLE STORAGE LOCATION

875-012

HYDRAULIC TANK AND FILTER SERVICE COMPARTMENT

Cab Tilt is operated hydraulically by the cab tilt pump located in the hydraulic tank and filter service compartment. An electric pump and motor and self-contained tank provide hydraulic power for the cab tilt hydraulic cylinder.

DEXRON III ATF hydraulic oil is used as the hydraulic oil for the cab tilt hydraulic system.

Remove the fill cap the top of the tank to add oil.

System capacity is 12 L (3.17 gal). Tank capacity is 3 L (0.08 gal).

Place a drain pan under the tank and operate the cab tilt DOWN and UP with the fill cap off to ensure that the system is not over filled after topping up the tank. Wipe up any spilled oil and install the fill cap.

CAB TILTING PROCEDURE 1. Park machine on level ground.

2. Stop the engine.

3. Remove all loose items from the cab.

4. Close cab door.

5. Remove all loose items from the compartment below the cab (cab riser).

6. Check the area around the tilt hydraulic cylinder and the restraint cable to ensure the path of the hydraulic cylinder and restraint cable are clear of obstructions and any possible entanglement.

8. Insert key in cab tilt pump key switch on electrical box in engine cooler compartment on left side of the machine.

2.93

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger FOLD DOWN HAND RAILS FOR TRANSPORT

WARNING

2 1

3

Keep clear of cab while tilting. Serious injury or death could result from crushing, 9. Ensure that there are no obstacles in front of the cab that would prevent the cab from tilting.

875-084

CAB TILTED FORWARD

HANDRAILS IN RAISED POSITION

11. Fold down handrails for transport. Remove the two top mounting bolts (1) and the two side mounting bolts (2) from the rear handrail.

RESTRAINT CABLE

12. Remove the top two mounting bolts (3) from the side handrail.

875-205 TILT CYLINDER

3 880-024

TILT CYLINDER BASE END ATTACHED TO UPPER STRUCTURE CAB TILTED FORWARD

4

RESTRAINT CABLE

HANDRAILS IN LOWERED POSITION

TILT CYLINDER

13. Loosen the bottom two mounting bolts (4) on the side handrail. Pivot the side handrail in the transporting position and replace the top two mounting bolts (3).

TILT CYLINDER ROD END ATTACHED TO CAB 10. Using the cab tilt pump key switch, tilt the cab forward (DOWN) until the restraint cable supports the weight of the cab and the tilt cylinder stops.

880-023

NOTE: Do not hold the key switch in the DOWN position for more than 10 seconds if the cab does not move as this could damage the cab tilt motor. If the cab does not move, check to make sure that all 6 retaining bolts have been removed.

NOTE ALSO: Never leave the cab partially tilted. It should always be either fully forward or fully closed.

2.94

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation TRANSPORTING MACHINE WITH CAB TILTED

5

6

875-204

HANDRAIL POSITIONED TOWARDS THE CAB

14. Loosen the bottom two mounting bolts (5) on the rear handrail. Pivot the rear handrail towards the cab in the transporting position.

240T-017

NOTE: The rear handrail can be pivoted two ways, towards the cab or away from the cab.

Pivoting the rear handrail away from the cab will interfere with the raising and lowering of the roof. Only secure the handrail when it is pivoted towards the cab.

15. Replace the two top mounting bolts (1) into the lower holes (6) to secure for transport.

16. Make sure all handrail bolts are tight before transporting the machine.

CAB TILTED FORWARD

When transporting the machine with the cab in the tilted position, support the cab using wood blocks.

Place the blocks in position under the front of the cab in an area where the blocks will contact a solid supporting surface of the cab. Be sure that the support blocks will not cause damage to any cab components.

When the cab is fully supported use chains to restrain the cab in position during transport.

17. Reverse this procedure to place the cab in the operating position (UP).

18. Reinstall the six cab retaining bolts, spacers and washers. Torque the bolts to 925 – 1016 Nm (682 – 750 lbf-ft).

2.95

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

TRANSPORTING INSTRUCTIONS The attachment (if equipped) must be down on the truck bed.

The cab must be tilted forward for shipping/ transporting. Refer to CAB TILTING PROCEDURE and TRANSPORTING MACHINE WITH CAB TILTED in THIS SECTION. FRONT TOW LUG

TRACK FRAME TIE DOWN LUG

TRACK FRAME

The machine must be cross chained (side to side) using the track frame tie down lugs (QTY 4) and track frame.

Additional chains may be attached on the tow lugs.





TYPICAL TWO CHAIN INSTALLATION Attach chains to the tow lug using two chains per lug. Do not pass chains through the lug, a single chain will not prevent sideways movement.

NOTE: Chains must be installed to prevent forward, reverse and side movement.

2.96

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

FUEL TANK 1 2

5

3

4

875-089

FUEL TANK

875-089

7. Inspect the fuel fill cap gasket.

Located at the rear of the machine, the fuel tank has a capacity of 800 L (211 US gal). The fuel tank incorporates a fuel fill screen under the fuel fill cap. The fuel fill screen should be removed (reach in and lift it out) and cleaned every 125 hours.

Replace the screen if it is damaged.

8. Inspect fuel strainer located under the fuel fill cap for debris or damage.

9. Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

FUEL TANK – COMPONENTS • Fuel Tank (1)

10. Fill the fuel tank until the fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped.

• Fuel Fill Cap (2) • Fuel Level Sender (3)

Do not leave the nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

• Fuel Supply Shut-Off Solenoid Valve (4)

11. Remove the nozzle and the ground strap (if applicable).

• Fuel Return Check Valve (5) REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 2 MACHINES) 1. Park machine on level ground and lower attachment to the ground.

12. Install fuel fill cap hand tight before closing fuel fill cap cover.

13. Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

2. Turn OFF the engine and allow machine to cool.

S≤15 mg/kg

Do not refuel while smoking or near an open flame or sparks. ULTRA LOW SULFUR FUEL ONLY 36686AUNI R0

3. Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

4. Open the power roof.

5. Clear any debris from around the fuel fill cap.

6. Remove fuel fill cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from the tank.

2.97

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 4 MACHINES)

10. Fill the fuel tank until the fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped.

IMPORTANT!

Do not leave the nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

11. Remove the nozzle and the ground strap (if applicable).

12. Install fuel fill cap hand tight before closing fuel fill cap cover.

13. Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

S≤15 mg/kg ULTRA LOW SULFUR FUEL ONLY 36686AUNI R0

Use only Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel in Tigercat FPT engines equipped with Tier 4 aftertreatment systems. Using fuel with sulfur levels greater than 15 ppm (S≤15 mg/ kg) maximum will permanently damage the engine and aftertreatment system within a short period of time.

1. Park machine on level ground and lower attachment to the ground.

2. Turn OFF the engine and allow machine to cool.

S≤15 mg/kg

Do not refuel while smoking or near an open flame or sparks. ULTRA LOW SULFUR FUEL ONLY

3. Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

36686AUNI R0

4. Open the power roof.

5. Clear any debris from around the fuel fill cap.

6. Remove fuel fill cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from the tank.

7. Inspect the fuel fill cap gasket.

8. Inspect fuel strainer located under the fuel fill cap for debris or damage.

9. Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

2.98

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK NOTE: DEF and its related components are applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

The DEF tank is located inside the cooler package access door in the left rear corner of the machine.

The DEF tank fill point is equipped with a filter to prevent contaminants from entering the tank.

DEF tank capacity is 80 L (21 gal). Do not overfill tank. This tank is equipped with an expansion capacity of 7% required to allow for the expansion of DEF in cold temperature conditions. DEF freezes at – 11°C (12°F).

FILL CAP (BLUE)

A DEF level indicator is shown on the main menu of the computer display, below the fuel gauge.

When DEF levels are low information messages will be shown on the computer display. Note that extremely low DEF levels may result in derating of engine performance to meet emission standard requirements. Action to correct DEF levels should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES in THIS SECTION. The DEF tank and DEF supply lines are heated when temperatures are low, the system will thaw DEF within 30 minutes of engine start for proper operation of the SCR aftertreatment system.

Note that when the engine is turned off, all DEF is pumped back to tank before the engine power system is turned off. This process takes approximately 90 seconds. Refer to DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST/SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) is an aqueous urea solution with 32.5% high purity urea and 67.5% deionized water. Note that DEF may also be referred to as AUS32 or AdBlue and should meet ISO 22241 specifications. Use only DEF meeting this standard.

WARNING Use only diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications. NEVER fill the DEF tank with any other fluid.

DEF fluid is injected into the exhaust gas stream during normal operation of the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system.

Use of other fluids may cause component damage, or a fire risk which could result in death or serious injury.

41581AUNI R0

470-029

DEF TANK

DEF is used by the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system to lower the concentration of nitrogen oxides from the diesel engine exhaust of this vehicle.

It is important to avoid contamination of DEF when filling the tank as this may cause costly damage to SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the SCR system and the engine.

When a problem with DEF quality is detected information messages will be shown on the computer display. Note that DEF quality problems may result in derating of engine performance to meet emission standard requirements. Action to correct DEF quality problems should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to SCR aftertreatment system components. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES in THIS SECTION. IMPORTANT! DEF should be stored between – 11°C (12°F) and 30°C (86°F) and out of direct sunlight to maximize shelf life and to avoid DEF quality problems caused by improper storage.

Refer to DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST/ SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM in SECTION 3 for more information regarding the use of DEF and its function in the SCR aftertreatment system.

2.99

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

OPERATING THE MACHINE

880-021

880-022

Make sure the lubrication and maintenance schedule has been performed prior to operating the machine (section 3 in this manual). Also refer to the engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for service and maintenance information for the engine.

Any personnel who perate this machine must be fully trained in safety and operating procedures by a competent person.

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

Read and understand this manual prior to operating machine.

PRE-START CHECKS PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, CAB DOOR BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH

PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, CAB RISER

• Check that all portable fire extinguishers are sufficiently charged.

• Check fuel level. Turn ignition switch to RUN position. The fuel level gauge is shown on the main menu.

COMPUTER

ICON FLASHES YELLOW WHEN FUEL LEVEL IS LOW

880-079

IGNITION SWITCH

• The fuel level icon will flash yellow when the fuel level falls below 10% of full.

SWITCH PANEL – CAB LEFT SIDE PILLAR • Make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF position.

NOTE: DEF fluid level indicator applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

875-087

FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR

DRAIN TAP

ENGINE FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR • Check fuel line water separator.

• Drain any accumulated water into a bowl and clean up any spills.

2.100

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation • Inspect machine for leaks, damaged or loose components or any other abnormal conditions.

• If cab has been tilted, ensure that it is secured to the frame with the six retaining bolts.

• Check that the handrails are secured firmly in the upright position.

• Perform SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE as outlined in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 830-02

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGE 880-195

BENT

CRACKING WORN HOLES

EDGE WEAR

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

• Check hydraulic oil level, the level should be between the HIGH and LOW marks on the level gauge.

EDGE WEAR BROKEN EDGE

CHECK CONDITION OF TRACK SHOES

DIPSTICK

• Check condition of track pads.

ENGINE OIL FILL

• Check track chain tension by measuring track sag. Refer to TRACK COMPONENTS – MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION.

H860C-29

• Check the engine oil level. The level of the oil must be between the ADD and the FULL marks on the dipstick.

• Check air filter restriction indicator.

• Check tension and condition of all engine belts.

• Check engine coolant level.

• Check charge air cooler,radiator,A/C condenser,oil cooler package, and all screens and doors.

• Ensure all doors and access panel are closed and/or securely fastened.

• Check windshield washer fluid level.

2.101

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

MEASURING TRACK SAG

TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT 880-303

VALVE COUPLER FILL VALVE

H822C-I01

LIFT LEFT TRACK

1. Position the attachment in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

2. Place the attachment on ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift the track clear of ground. or, for Harvesters Use a jack of suitable design and capacity to safely lift the track clear of the ground.

Refer to the serial number plate for machine weight (less attachment).

Refer to ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER’S MANUAL for correct attachment weight information.

TRACK SAG FILL VALVE To tighten the track, attach the coupler onto the fill valve. Connect a grease gun to the grease fitting on the coupler. Add grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to TRACK COMPONENTS – MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits.

Remove the coupler and store in a safe place.

3. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

WARNING The grease is under very high pressure.

Removing the fill valve completely may cause the valve to blow out and cause bodily harm.

4. Turn off the engine.

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

SAG DIMENSION

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE

853ILL8

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

To loosen the track, slowly loosen the fill valve until grease begins to escape through the vent passage in the valve body housing. Grease will vent around the valve body threads. Remove grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits.

Refer to TRACK COMPONENTS – MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits.

NOTE: The track sag fill valve is not mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

5. Measure distance between top surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track frame.

6. This dimension should be between 102 mm to 152 mm (4 in to 6 in) for normal operations.

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket. Refer to TRACK COMPONENTS – TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION for track chain tension adjustment procedure.

2.102

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

STARTING THE ENGINE

NOTE: If the engine does not start after three attempts, check the fuel supply system.

Absence of blue or white exhaust smoke during cranking indicates no fuel is being delivered.

1. Ensure that PRE-START CHECKS have been performed and that the area is clear of personnel prior to starting the engine. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE – PRE-START CHECKS in THIS SECTION. 2. Turn Battery Disconnect Switch ON. 3. Ensure that the pilot reset lever is in the raised position.

4. Turn ignition key switch to the RUN position. The WAIT TO START icon below will appear on the display during the key ON engine pre-heat time. Heating elements (grid heater elements) located in the engine air intake manifold are turned ON to heat the intake air when starting the engine. The engine must not be started until this icon turns OFF automatically.

Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load. Check all engine parameters on the MD3 display often during the warm up period.

NOTE: For cold weather conditions refer to ENGINE,COLD WEATHER STARTING and MACHINE PREPARATION in THIS SECTION.

NOTICE

• DO NOT IDLE THIS ENGINE FOR MORE THAN 9 HOURS. • DAMAGE TO EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WILL RESULT.

5. Then turn ignition key switch to the START position

IMPORTANT! After engine has started, keep engine speed low until engine oil pressure registers on the computer display. If it does not register within 10 seconds, turn off the engine and investigate the cause.

to crank engine.

63281BENG R0

6. When the engine starts, release the ignition key switch to the ON position.

NOTE: If the engine does not start after three attempts, check the fuel supply system.

7. Set throttle to LOW IDLE speed and wait three to five minutes before operating with a load.

8. Increase engine speed (rpm) slowly to provide adequate lubrication to the bearings and allow oil pressure to stabilize.

If engine stalls while operating the machine, turn the ignition key switch to the OFF position and repeat steps 1 to 7.

2.103

IMPORTANT! Engine should not idle longer than nine consecutive hours. Damage to the emission control system will result. When this machine idles for an extended period excess hydrocarbon buildup is created in the DOC/ SCR after treatment system. Burn off of excess hydrocarbon at full load immediately after a long idle period will generate excess heat which will cause damage to emission control system components.* *NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

COLD WEATHER STARTING

NOTE: If at any time during the warming procedure the hydraulic filter bypass icon on the computer display illuminates, return the engine speed to LOW IDLE .

IMPORTANT! Cold start-ups can result in pump failure, refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 for recommended oil viscosity and temperature ranges.

During the engine warm-up period constantly monitor engine coolant temperature and engine oil pressure. Turn off the engine if any pressure or temperature does not meet the specification.

Cold temperatures may require the use of an engine block heater, engine oil pan heater, hydraulic oil heater and fuel heater.

NOTICE

The engine is equipped with an air intake heater with a grid element.

WARNING Using starting fluid (or ether start aids) on an engine equipped with a grid heater element can cause an explosion. NEVER USE STARTING FLUIDS on an engine equipped with a grid heater element.

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD.

• DO NOT IDLE THIS ENGINE FOR MORE THAN 9 HOURS. • DAMAGE TO EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WILL RESULT.

• DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

63281BENG R0

36782BENG R0

Preheating of hydraulic oil is recommended as standard procedure in cold weather.

Follow the STARTING THE ENGINE instructions for this ENGINE, COLD WEATHER STARTING procedure. Pay attention to the WAIT TO START warning icon on the computer display.

IMPORTANT! Engine should not idle longer than nine consecutive hours. Damage to the emission control system will result. When this machine idles for an extended period excess hydrocarbon buildup is created in the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system. Burn off of excess hydrocarbon at full load immediately after a long idle period will generate excess heat which will cause damage to emission control system components.* *NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

234E-022

COMPUTER DISPLAY

This warning will be ON during the key ON engine pre-heat time. Heating elements (grid heater elements) located in the engine air intake manifold are turned ON during cold weather conditions to heat the intake air when starting the engine. The engine must not be started until this message goes OFF automatically.

2.104

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL If the engine runs out of fuel perform the following:

1. Start engine and keep throttle at low idle.

• Do not activate pilot system.

• Hydraulic filter bypass icon must be off before proceeding to Step 2.

1. Refill fuel tank completely.

2. Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the fuel shut off solenoid.

• Engine coolant temperature must reach 140°F (60°C) before proceeding to Step 2.

• Hydraulic Oil temperature must reach the preset temperature for the hydraulic oil grade in use before proceeding to Step 2.

VENT PLUG

• Check that cooling fan is turning before proceeding to Step 2.

2. Activate pilot system 3. Increase engine speed to 1300 rpm and begin slow boom movements

HAND PRIMER

• Hydraulic filter bypass icon must be off.

• Operate the hoist boom to raise attachment off the ground.

• Operate stick boom slowly in and out.

875-363

• Operate tilt function very slowly to prevent flow surges in the cooling system.

3. Loosen the vent plug on the fuel filter/water separator head.

4. Swing upper 360° to the left then 360° to the right.

5. Place travel speed switch in LOW position and drive machine forward pressing the foot pedals very gradually. Do not exceed 1/2 pedal position.

6. Watch hydraulic oil temperature, it must reach 10°C (50°F) before any work may begin.

7. Increase engine speed to 1500 rpm, and begin driving to work area in LOW travel speed. Do not fully depress foot pedals until the hydraulic oil reaches 32°C (90°F). Machine operation may begin but work very slowly. The machine functions will seem to operate much slower until the systems are warmed up.

4. Use primer pump to refill filter until fuel free of air flows from vent on top of filter head, then tighten vent plug.

5. Turn key switch off and repeat. Bleed the system according to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL procedures.

6. Crank engine until it starts. If it fails to start after 20 seconds, stop and wait for two minutes before trying again.

IMPORTANT! To prevent damage to starter, do not engage starter motor for more than 15 to 20 seconds.

Wait two minutes between each attempt to start the engine. If engine fails to start, refer to engine manufacturer operator’s manual.

WARNING The engine utilizes an air intake heater grid. To avoid personal injury and property damage, NEVER use a starting fluid. Starting aid fluids which contain Ether, can cause an explosion.

2.105

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

ENGINE, STOPPING (TIER 4 MACHINES)

NOTE: Tier 4 machines are equipped with an after run/accessory relay. The relay disconnects power to the engine and related fuses 90 seconds after the battery disconnect switch has been turned off. The following are still powered during the 90 seconds:

IMPORTANT! Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure outlined below to allow the engine to cool.

• Engine ECU/ATS relay

Always follow this engine shut down procedure. The important benefits are:

• NOx Sensor relay • NOx Sensor fuse

• Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

• ECU Power fuse • DCU fuse

• Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

IMPORTANT! Only use the battery disconnect to turn off a running machine in an emergency. A fault code will be logged by the engine ECU for improper shut down and power down.

• Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risk of touching hot surfaces.

1. Find a clear and level area at least 15 m (50 ft) from any other equipment to park the machine.

8. Perform daily maintenance at the end of the shift (greasing, clean engine compartment etc.). This allows the machine time to cool down while under the watchful eye of the operator.

2. Park the machine and lower the attachment onto firm ground.

3. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE , de-activate the pilot system and let engine run at low idle speed for approximately three minutes minimum to allow dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

4. Open power roof and place fan switch in Full ON position.

5. Do not increase engine speed before shut-off.

6. Place fan switch in AUTO position.

7. Turn off the engine by turning ignition key switch to the OFF position.

When the engine is turned off, all DEF is pumped back to tank before the engine power system is turned off. This process takes approximately 90 seconds. Refer to DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST/ SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM in SECTION 3 for more information.

2.106

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

ENGINE, STOPPING (TIER 2 MACHINES)

NOTE: Tier 2 machines are equipped with an after run/accessory relay. The relay disconnects power to the engine and related fuses 90 seconds after the battery disconnect switch has been turned off. The following is still powered during the 90 seconds::

IMPORTANT! Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure outlined below to allow the engine to cool.

• Engine ECU relay

Always follow this engine shut down procedure. The important benefits are:

When transporting the machine watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

• Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

• Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

IMPORTANT! Only use the battery disconnect to turn off a running machine in an emergency. A fault code will be logged by the engine ECU for improper shut down and power down.

• Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risk of touching hot surfaces.

1. Find a clear and level area at least 15 m (50 ft) from any other equipment to park the machine.

2. Park the machine and lower the attachment onto firm ground.

3. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE , de-activate the pilot system and let engine run at low idle speed for approximately three minutes minimum to allow dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

8. Perform daily maintenance at the end of the shift (greasing, clean engine compartment etc.). This allows the machine time to cool down while under the watchful eye of the operator.

4. Open power roof and place fan switch in Full ON position.

5. Do not increase engine speed before shut-off.

6. Place fan switch in AUTO position.

7. Turn off the engine by turning the ignition key switch to the OFF position.

2.107

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

MACHINE PREPARATION Prior to commencing any log loading or harvesting operations follow steps 1 to 14 to accomplish the following: • Warm up the hydraulic system.

• Test all systems for proper operation.

• Inspect for hydraulic oil leaks.

12. Lower the attachment onto stable ground ensuring booms are fully supported.

13. Set engine speed to LOW IDLE. 14. Exit cab and visually inspect machine for leaks or other machine damage. Ensure that machine is in proper working order and is in safe condition before continuing operation.

IMPORTANT! If any system or function fails to respond correctly to the controls, stop the machine preparation procedure and notify a mechanic. Failure to do so may result in damage to hydraulic pumps and other components.

1. Perform OPERATING MACHINE – PRESTART CHECKS and ENGINE, STARTING procedures as outlined in THIS SECTION.

WARNING

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

2. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine operation.

3. Ensure that computer displays are indicating normal operating conditions.

4. Check that all personnel are safe and clear of the machine.

5. Ensure both armrests are in the lowered position and lower the PILOT RESET lever.

6. Set engine speed to warm-up position (1300 rpm).

7. Ensure the attachment and booms are not attached, chained or clamped around trailer or any other stationary object.

8. Slowly raise and lower the hoist boom and stick boom and check for proper operation.

9. With the attachment raised slightly off the ground, test attachment rotate in both directions and open and close functions.

10. Operate the swing in both direction to ensure proper operation.

11. Continue testing and operating various functions until engine and hydraulic oil have warmed up to near normal operating temperatures. Never load the machine until it has sufficiently warmed up. Doing so may cause damage to the engine and hydraulic components.

2.108

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

CARE OF THE MACHINE

CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS IN CAB

1. Ensure that all fluid levels are always at the proper level. Refer to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

All windows used in the cab are made from a polycarbonate resin thermoplastic. This material is a replacement for glass when improved strength, durability and safety is required.

2. Lubricate all grease points at the required intervals as specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 3. Follow proper procedure for cleaning windows described in this section.

4. Close and secure all doors and access panels before running the machine.

5. Ensure that the cab emergency exits are in working order by following the EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. 6. Do not allow branches, twigs, leaves, wood chips, pine needles or other debris to build up around radiator intake doors or anywhere else on the machine. Clean as operating conditions warrant but at least once a day all debris must be removed from the machine interior.

7. Do not apply load to a cold engine.

8. Always harvest trees in LOW driving range.

9. Never park machine with attachment raised off the ground. Be sure that the attachment is resting on the ground before servicing or parking the machine. Refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for complete instructions.

Polycarbonate material is expected to resist heavy impact from large branches and falling tree tops and to absorb high levels of energy when contacted by high velocity thrown objects such as wood chips or broken harvester head saw chain.

The extreme operating environment seen in logging applications heightens the need to regularly inspect and properly maintain polycarbonate cab windows.

Polycarbonate windows are an essential piece of operator protective equipment and should be maintained as such. It is important to note that cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface or edges of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts and therefore compromise effectiveness as operator safety protective equipment. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

Refer to the next section for detailed information regarding inspection and maintenance of polycarbonate windows.

10. SAFETY FIRST! Follow all safety rules and regulations as outlined in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

2.109

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS

Daily inspection and maintenance is essential to confirm that the window’s ability to protect the operator has not been compromised.

The resistance of polycarbonate material to chemical exposure varies widely. Fortunately, polycarbonate materials have good resistance to diesel fuel, grease, hydraulic oil, kerosene and engine oil.

•

Inspect all windows daily and immediately after any impacts.

•

Check for any damage to the window material or steel structure in the area of the window mounting.

•

•

•

The edges of the polycarbonate window must be evenly and fully supported on a flat surface around the entire window opening at all times. Bent or dented skylight structures must be replaced immediately. Bent or dented cab structures must be evaluated immediately for possible repair or replacement.

Other chemicals however can seriously weaken the polycarbonate.

Do not permit any of the following chemicals to come into contact with polycarbonate windows: • Acetone • Air conditioning refrigerant • Ammonia • Anti-freeze • Benzene • Brake fluid

The edges of the polycarbonate window must be free from cracks, chips, notches or scarring and must not be pinched or stressed. These defects will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Carbon tetrachloride • Cutting oils • Gasoline • Lacquer thinner • Toluene

Cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Turpentine • Xylene RESISTANCE TO WATER

•

Bent, dented or missing window retaining parts must be replaced immediately.

•

Rubber materials used in mounting the window must be maintained in good condition.

•

Identification of the polycarbonate originally used by Tigercat is hot stamped in a corner of the window to identify its composition. Do not use any replacement window without proof of its material composition. Do not substitute with any other materials.

•

Skylights, cab structures, windows and window retaining parts must not be modified or replaced with components that are not approved by Tigercat.

Polycarbonate material has good resistance to water up to approximately 65°C (150°F). Above this temperature the effect of water is timetemperature related. This means that the higher the water temperature, the shorter the time before the polycarbonate is adversely affected.

Exposing polycarbonate to repeated steam cleaning or high temperature pressure washing may result in crazing, a phenomenon that causes clouding of the surface. Crazing can ultimately result in a loss of physical strength and may precede a fracture.

2.110

Tigercat 875 Logger

Controls and Operation

CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS

CAUTIONS • Do not operate windshield wiper on dry windshield.

The viewing surfaces of polycarbonate cab windows are specially treated with a hard coating to provide enhanced resistance to abrasion and ultra-violet (UV) radiation.

• Do not use abusive cleaning procedures either by hand or pressure washing on polycarbonate windows.

The following instructions are provided to prolong the life of this protective hard coating.

• Do not use brushes, razor blades, scrapers, squeegees or other sharp tools on polycarbonate windows.

1. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water

• Do not clean polycarbonate windows when the daytime temperature is high or in direct sunlight.

2. Using a soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois, gently wash the window with a mild solution of soap or detergent in lukewarm water. Do not scrub or use brushes or squeegees.

• Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners on polycarbonate windows.

Brand name soaps and detergents recommended for cleaning polycarbonate are:

• Do not use glass cleaners in either aerosol or non-aerosol containers to clean polycarbonate windows.

• Fantastik® • Formula 409®

• Failure to follow these cleaning instructions will shorten the service life of polycarbonate and may cause visual hazing, loss of light transmission and delamination of the polycarbonate hard surface coating.

• Hexcel F.O. 554

®

• Joy® • Lysol®

CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES

• Mr. Clean®

The appearance of scratches and minor abrasions on the surfaces of polycarbonate windows can be minimized by using a mild automotive polish such as:

• Neleco-Placer® • Pine-Sol® • Top Job® 3. Rinse the window thoroughly with warm water.

• Johnson’s Paste Wax®

4. Dry the window with a moist soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois to prevent water spotting.

• Novus Plastic Polish® #1 and #2

5. To remove grease or oil, first rub lightly with a good grade of VM&P Naphtha or isopropyl alcohol followed by the same rinse, wash, rinse and dry procedure described in steps 1 to 4.

• Mirror Glaze Plastic Polish® Be certain to clean the polycarbonate window as outlined prior to application of an automotive polish. Refer to WINDOWS – CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS IN THIS SECTION.

Refer to WINDOWS – CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS – RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS in THIS SECTION for a list of chemicals which should not come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

2.111

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 875 Logger

GRAFFITI REMOVAL

SIDE WINDOW SCREENS

• For removal of paints, marking pen inks, etc., the use of Butyl Cellosolve is generally effective. The use of masking tape, adhesive tape or lint removal tools works well for lifting off old weathered paints.

The side window screens (if equipped) can be removed to clean the windows. Screens are provided for the personal protection of the operator and must be reinstalled immediately after cleaning the windows.

• To remove labels, stickers, etc., the use of kerosene, VM&P Naphtha, or petroleum spirits is generally effective. When the solvent will not penetrate sticker material, apply heat (hair dryer) to soften the adhesive and promote removal.

A hand knob is provided on both the inside and the outside. By unscrewing either (not both) of these knobs, the screen will be free to swing out on the hinges. Be aware that the screen will swing outwards with considerable force, if the door is open.

• Refer to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

All handles should be hand tight only at all times.

FIRE PRECAUTIONS Polycarbonate window material will ignite when exposed to an ignition source in excess of 427°C (800°F). When working around polycarbonate windows, observe similar fire precautions to those in place for wood.

20231A R1

REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) Some machines, particularly machines shipped outside North America, are shipped with an optional anti-corrosion spray to protect the machine from corrosion during shipment.

This anti-corrosion spray should be removed when the machine reaches it’s destination as is may cause debris to stick to the treated surfaces of the machine.

The anti-corrosion can be removed with a pressure washer, a sponge and soap.

2.112

Tigercat 875 Logger SECTION 3 – LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE CONTENTS - SECTION 3 A

ISSUE 2.0, MAY, 2015

AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM................................................................................................................ 3.34 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING THE SYSTEM................................................................... 3.47 AIR FILTER ELEMENTS.......................................................................................................................... 3.33 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM, ENGINE.............................................................................................................. 3.31 AIR CLEANER...................................................................................................................................... 3.31 FILTER ELEMENTS.......................................................................................................................... 3.33 IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS................................. 3.33 IMPROPER SERVICING.................................................................................................................. 3.33 OVER SERVICING........................................................................................................................... 3.33 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR.................................................................................................... 3.32 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS............................................................................................................ 3.33 PRECLEANER..................................................................................................................................... 3.31 UNLOADER VALVE.............................................................................................................................. 3.31 APPROVED ANTI-SEIZE PASTES FOR EXHAUST/AFTERTREATMENT SENSORS.......................... 3.40 APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS.............................................................................................................. 3.15 B

BELT, SERPENTINE................................................................................................................................ 3.47 C

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS...................................................................................................................... 3.30 CONVERSION CHART, UNITS................................................................................................................ 3.62 D

DEF (DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID) DRAINING THE TANK.......................................................................................................................... 3.46 HANDLING AND STORAGE................................................................................................................ 3.45 DENOX 2.2 SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 3.34 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) HANDLING......................................................................................... 3.45 DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST/SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM (DENOX 2.2 SYSTEM) CATALYTIC CONVERTER................................................................................................................... 3.38 DENOX 2.2 DOSING SYSTEM............................................................................................................ 3.44 DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC)............................................................................................... 3.37 DOSING MODULE (DEF INJECTOR).................................................................................................. 3.38 EXHAUST FLAP................................................................................................................................... 3.37 HEATER VALVE/HEATED DEF SUPPLY LINES.................................................................................. 3.44 HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR........................................................................................ 3.39 MIXER TUBE........................................................................................................................................3.38 NH3 SENSOR...................................................................................................................................... 3.39 NOX SENSOR...................................................................................................................................... 3.40 SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION COMPONENTS..................................................................... 3.35 SUPPLY MODULE................................................................................................................................ 3.37 TEMPERATURE SENSORS................................................................................................................ 3.39 DRAINING THE DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK.................................................................................. 3.46 E

EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY................................................................................................ 3.7 F

FILTERS DEF SUPPLY MODULE FILTER.......................................................................................................... 3.41 ENGINE OIL......................................................................................................................................... 3.20 FUEL.....................................................................................................................................................3.20 FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR................................................................................................................. 3.20 CHANGING....................................................................................................................................... 3.21 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS............................................................................................. 3.29 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS................................................................................................... 3.26 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER........................................................................................................... 3.30 PILOT MANIFOLD FILTER................................................................................................................... 3.29

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

REMOVE AND REPLACE (ENGINE)................................................................................................... 3.20 REMOVE AND REPLACE (HYDRAULIC)............................................................................................ 3.27 SWING DRIVE CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER................................................................................... 3.29 FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................... 3.8 FUEL, REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 2 MACHINES)..................................................................... 3.22 FUEL, REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 4 MACHNES)...................................................................... 3.23 FUEL TANK..............................................................................................................................................3.22 FUEL TANK SHUT-OFF VALVE............................................................................................................... 3.22 FUEL TANK STRAINER........................................................................................................................... 3.24 G

GREASE GUN BOX AND TUBE HOLDER LOCATION........................................................................... 3.18 H

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS....................................................................................................... 3.26 HYDRAULIC OILS, APPROVED.............................................................................................................. 3.15 HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS...................................................................... 3.25 N

NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3.4 FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT............................................................................................ 3.4 INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION.................................................................................................. 3.4 TIGHTENING POINTS........................................................................................................................... 3.4 O

OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM........................................................................................................................ 3.5 OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM....................................................................................................................... 3.6 P

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS.......................................................................... 3.58, 3.59, 3.60, 3.61 R

REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 2 MACHINES)................................................................................ 3.22 REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 4 MACHINES)................................................................................ 3.23 S

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE GENERAL...............................................................................................................................................3.7 FREQUENTLY........................................................................................................................................ 3.9 8 HOURS................................................................................................................................................3.9 24 HOURS............................................................................................................................................3.10 125 HOURS.......................................................................................................................................... 3.10 250 HOURS.......................................................................................................................................... 3.11 500 HOURS.......................................................................................................................................... 3.11 1000 HOURS........................................................................................................................................3.12 1500 HOURS........................................................................................................................................3.12 2000 HOURS........................................................................................................................................3.12 2 YEARS...............................................................................................................................................3.14 SEASONAL...........................................................................................................................................3.14 SERPENTINE, BELT................................................................................................................................ 3.47 SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS.................................................................................................. 3.17 SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS.......................................................................................................... 3.18 GEARBOX UPPER GEARING............................................................................................................. 3.19 LUBRICATION OF ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL................................................................................... 3.18 LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING............................................................... 3.19 T

TORQUE CHART..................................................................................................................................... 3.53 TORQUE CHART, GENERAL.................................................................................................................. 3.54 TORQUE, FLUID CONNECTIONS.......................................................................................................... 3.56 TRACK COMPONENTS MEASURING TRACK SAG.................................................................................................................. 3.51 TORQUE PROCEDURE, TRACK SHOE............................................................................................. 3.52 TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................ 3.52

3.2

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION................................................................................... 3.49 U

UNIT CONVERSION CHART................................................................................................................... 3.62 W

WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD..................................................................................................... 3.63 WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART............................................................................................................... 3.62

3.3

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE

*INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION: PERFORM THE INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION USING Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 AND 5347; PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT

*FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT: WITH THE OWNER'S MECHANIC PRESENT, PERFORM AN INSPECTION AND SERVICE ACCORDING TO THE Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 AND 5347; PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT THIS MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE FIRST 125 HOUR TIME FRAME.

*IMPORTANT: TO QUALIFY FOR CONTINUED WARRANTY, THIS REPORT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO Tigercat Industries Inc. WARRANTY DEPARTMENT. NOTE: Using filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

Tightening points: All hydraulic connections

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Hose clamps All cylinder and boom pin retainers Check swing bearing bolt torque

853ILL8

Engine mounting bolts Pump mounting bolts

IMPORTANT!

BEFORE DRIVING THE MACHINE MAKE SURE THE TRACK TENSION (SAG) IS SET CORRECTLY.

Track shoe bolts

TRACK SAG MAY BE SET LESS THAN SPECIFIED FOR SHIPPING PURPOSES.

Track roller retaining bolts Track sprocket retaining bolts Track drive gearbox mounting bolts Track drive motor mounting bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Swing motor mounting bolts

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

Cab securing bolts

SAG DIMENSION

Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION REFER TO THIS SECTION FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

3.4

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM Using the Tigercat Advanced Oil Analysis Program on a regular basis is an excellent preventative maintenance tool.

Studies have shown that it is possible to receive a 10 to 1 payback when looking at the amount saved on repair costs to the amount invested in a scheduled oil analysis program. Some of the benefits of a sampling program include: • Detect problems early before they become major catastrophic failures.

• Better ability to schedule downtime and forecast cost of repairs.

• Monitor maintenance schedules and practices and confirm that the required maintenance is being done on time.

• Increase used equipment value by providing proof of proper maintenance.

This Program uses the most modern technology available to analyze all oil samples. Most test results are available within 24 hours after receipt of the sample and are supplied in an easy to understand report, which calls for specific action and makes detailed recommendations. This report is available as a mailed or faxed hardcopy, sent via e-mail or can be viewed on the internet.

This program will provide Tigercat machine owners access to an Advanced Oil Analysis Program for all major machine components including Engines, Hydraulic Circuits, Axles, Final Drives, Gearboxes, etc.

800 Series Models Recommended Testing Schedule Location

First Sample

Follow-up Samples

Hydraulic Oil

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Swing Drive Gearbox (if applicable*)

125 Hours

Every Oil Change (250 Hours or 1.5 Months)

Track Drive Gearboxes

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Pump Drive Gearbox (if applicable)

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

* Note that swing drive gearbox oil sampling applies only to machines that use gear oil in the swing drive gearbox.

Tigercat Oil Analysis Kits are available from your Tigercat dealer parts department. If required, arrangements can also be made with your Tigercat dealer to supply and perform all of the required followup oil samples.

Refer to OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES in THIS SECTION for sample valve and drain plug locations.

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS KITS Each kit includes a Pre-paid Sample Bottle and Sample Information Form. Pre-printed mailing labels are also included to ensure all samples are quickly returned directly to the lab for immediate analysis and results within 24 hours of receipt.

The same type of sample bottle can be used for all types of oil testing including: Hydraulic Circuits, Final Drives, Axles, Gearboxes, Engines, etc.

To ensure accurate and meaningful results are obtained, each kit also includes detailed instructions on how properly collect, prepare and ship the oil samples.

Contact your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department to order Kits.

3.5

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES Fill out the Sample Information Form (SIF) completely and accurately. When taking multiple oil samples, fill out all of the required SIF forms in their entirety, prior to taking any oil samples. Then, immediately package each completed SIF form together with the matching oil sample in the black outer shipping container as each individual sample is taken. This will reduce the possibility of mixing up or incorrectly identifying the SIF forms and oil samples. Incorrectly identified samples could result in a false warning alarm.

HYDRAULIC TEST FITING

The accuracy of the lab analysis results is very dependent on the quality of the oil sample taken. Collection of clean oil samples that are representative of the main body of oil are essential if meaningful lab results are to be obtained.

Erroneous readings may result if proper collection, handling, packaging and shipping practices are not followed prior to the sample being tested by the lab. To be able to accurately compare and trend the lab results over time, all follow-up samples should be consistently taken from the same location using the same techniques as all previous samples.

880-082

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER AND MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY

HYDRAULIC OIL SAMPLES: • Whenever possible, hydraulic oil samples should be taken from the circulating oil flow at operating temperature, with no functions actuated, using the gauge test fitting on the return filter manifold and a quick coupler with a drain hose.

• To obtain a representative oil sample, sample valves must be purged before the actual oil sample is taken. Drain a minimum of 3 or 4 ounces of oil into a separate container and discard this oil using approved recycling methods.

• Ensure that all sample valves and drain plugs are clean and free of debris.

• Remove the sample bottle cap only when ready to take the sample. Keep the cap clean – do not put it in your pocket or let it get contaminated in any way.

• Replace the dust cover on the sample valve immediately after taking the oil sample and sealing the sample bottle.

• Do not allow any airborne dirt, etc. to enter the sample bottle.

GEARBOX SAMPLES: • These samples can be taken during the oil change process.

• Avoid contamination of the sample – replace the sample bottle cap immediately after filling the bottle to approximately ¾ full.

All samples taken should be immediately forwarded to the lab for processing.

• To obtain a representative oil sample, ensure the oil is warm and has not settled very long (within 30 minutes of shutdown).

Contact your Tigercat dealer to purchase additional or replacement hydraulic sample valves or drain plugs.

• Place the required drain container under the machine to capture the used oil to be discarded using approved recycling methods.

In cases where oil samples must be pumped or otherwise drawn out of a hydraulic tank or housing, a hand operated oil suction pump is also available from your Tigercat dealer.

• Remove the drain plug and allow approximately 50% of the oil to drain, then place the sample bottle in the stream of draining oil to obtain a representative sample.

3.6

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL þ During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

CAUTION All handles, steps and platforms must be kept free of grease, oil, fuel, mud, snow, ice, and forest debris. þ Clean around fill caps before checking or adding fluids. þ Clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection. Plug or cap immediately.

þ Always have a fire extinguisher at hand.

þ Clean up all spills immediately.

þ For safety, always lower boom assembly to the ground when leaving cab, leaving machine unattended or during service.

þ Always use clean oil and containers. þ Drain dirty oil while still warm.

þ Always install door safety struts when working on machine.

þ Do not exceed recommended fluid levels. þ Service all hydraulic strainers and filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve.

Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system.

þ Clean fire suppression system sensors.

CHECK EMERGENCY EXIT, MONTHLY: Two alternate exit routes are provided: side window alternate exit and cab roof escape hatch/emergency exit. These are only to be used if the rear door cannot be opened.

þ Top up diesel fuel at each shift to reduce contamination by condensation. þ Before welding on machine, be sure to disconnect all electrical connections and follow all servicing safety precautions as outlined in the WELDING, PRIOR TO of SECTION 1 in THIS MANUAL.

It is therefore essential that these alternate and emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

þ When welding, secure ground connection as close to working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings.

Refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for checking procedure.

þ Clean away all branches, bark and chips.

Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires. þ Inspect the EXHAUST BLANKET and EXHAUST SYSTEM DAILY for any signs of LEAKAGE. Check for worn, cracked, broken, or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires, do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired. *OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE

PER LEAKAGE RATE DAY ONE DROP IN 10 SECONDS 0.424 ONE DROP IN 5 SECONDS 0.852 ONE DROP PER SECOND 4.26 THREE DROP PER SECOND 14.2 DROPS BREAK INTO STREAM 90.83

LOST OIL (LITERS) LOST OIL (GALLONS) PER PER PER PER PER MONTH YEAR DAY MONTH YEAR 12.72 152.0 0.112 3.36 40.0 25.6 306.6 0.225 6.75 81.0 127.76 1533.1 1.125 33.75 405.0 425.86 5110.31 3.75 112.5 1350.0 2725.5 32706.0 24.00 720.0 8640.0

3.7

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

FIRE PREVENTION Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs.

PRESSURE GAUGE

SOLENOID ACTIVATED AIR VENT VALVE MANUAL AIR VENT VALVE

Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating.

SCHRADER VALVE

CAUTION After transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

HYDRAULIC TANK

1. Forest debris and fine organic material (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire.

HAND FILL PUMP

875-004

HYDRAULIC TANK AND FILTER SERVICE COMPARTMENT

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM.

2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routing during maintenance. Make sure all wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing.

Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

After service is completed, close manual air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in THIS SECTION for details.

3. If equipped, read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel.

4. In case of fire lower the boom system to the ground and turn off the engine before discharging the fire suppression system.

Also refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for additional information.

3.8

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Clean:

FREQUENTLY:

• Oil cooler, engine radiator and enclosure screens.

• Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

Check:

• Check for water in the fuel filter or pre-filter • Visual engine check.

• Check engine cooling air intake screen for possible restriction • In broad leaf applications it may be necessary to reverse the cooling fan as frequently as every 10 minutes.

• Check for debris, snow and ice buildup on emergency exits and remove accumulation immediately.

• • • • • •

EVERY 8 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance And in addition: • Drain water from fuel/water separator.

• Park boom in service position and check hydraulic oil level.

• • •

880-035

• • • •

BOOM IN SERVICE POSITION

Lubricate:

Engine coolant level.

Engine oil level.

Air intake precleaner operation.

Air cleaner unloader valve.

Air intake filter restriction indicator.

All air intake system components (including charge air cooler) rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

Swing drive gear boxes upper bearing gear oil level.

Charge Air Cooler for damage, wear, cracks, or leaks and repair immediately.

For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses.

For loose nuts, bolts and fittings.

Condition and tension of belts.

Visually check condition of tracks.

Exhaust system for leaks.

• Conduct an overall visual inspection.

Replace:

• Swing pinion; 1 fitting – 15 shots each • *Boom joints: • Conventional Boom; 6 fittings – purge • *Cylinders; hoist, stick & tilt; • Conventional Boom; 8 fittings – purge * Lubricating cylinder pins and boom joints:

• Primary filter if indicator is in red zone.

• Secondary (safety) filter every third primary filter change to guarantee maximum performance and reliability.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

1. Make sure the machine is on level ground.

2. Fully extend stick boom cylinder.

3. Lower the hoist boom and rest attachment firmly on the ground.

4. While in this position lubricate all cylinder retaining pins and boom joints.

NOTE: This procedure will allow grease to flow to the normally loaded side of the pin/ bearing surfaces.

3.9

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 24 HOURS :-

EVERY 125 HOURS:-

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOURS maintenance Lubricate:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOURS maintenance • Perform 24 HOURS maintenance And in addition:

• Swing bearing; 4 fittings – 5 shots each And in addition:

• Open (cab roof escape hatch) emergency exit to make sure it is fully operational.

Clean

• Conduct an overall visual inspection.

• Check and clean fuel fill screen.

Check • Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hoses • Check return filter bypass light is NOT ON with engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature.

• Check track gearboxes oil level with level plug at 9 O'clock and other plug at 6 O'clock.

• Check battery fluid level unless maintenance free.

• Check hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts.

• Check torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance.

• Carry out A/C system inspection. Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in THIS SECTION. • Hoist and stick booms.

• Tracks, track frames and carbody.

• Swing bearing area.

• Attachment.

• Wear in any other components.

• Inspect for debris buildup between charge air cooler, radiator, oil cooler and A/C condenser.

Make repairs immediately.

NOTE: Neglecting the proper maintenance of these items can result in fire.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

3.10

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 250 HOURS:

EVERY 500 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOURS maintenance • Perform 24 HOURS maintenance • Perform 125 HOURS maintenance And in addition:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOURS maintenance • Perform 24 HOURS maintenance • Perform 125 HOURS maintenance • Perform 250 HOURS maintenance And in addition:

• Lubricate rotary manifold seal; 1 fitting – 2 shots. Do not use power grease gun.

• Lubricate each swing drive gearbox lower bearing; 4 fitting – 5 shots each gearbox. **Do not use power grease gun. **With each swing gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based EP2 to each side of the gearbox.

Lubricate: • Cab Tilt, cab door and roof hinges; 16 fittings – 1 shot • Door and roof cylinder pins apply oil liberally.

• Cab Tilt Cylinder pins; 2 fittings - 1 shot Check: • Torque on swing bearing and swing gearbox retaining bolts.

• Torque on track drive gearboxes and motor mounting bolts.

• Track rollers for leakage. Rollers are filled with oil and are considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the rollers must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Track idler assembly for leakage, the bearing is filled with oil and is considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the idler must be removed, repaired and replaced.

Replace:

NOTE: During cold weather the swing function must be operated for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Caution: Do not force grease, gearbox failure may result. Do not use winter grease. Grease should purge from gearbox pinion seal.

Check • Check all hydraulic pressures.

Replace: • Oil in track drive gearboxes with drain plug at 6 O'clock position and fill plug at 9 O'clock.

• Swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil.

Refer to lubrication schedule chart in THIS SECTION recommended oils.

• Engine oil and filter.

• Fuel pre-filter

• *Engine fuel filters.

• *Swing charge pressure filter.

• Hydraulic oil return filters.

• Pilot filter.

Refer to FILTERS in THIS SECTION.

• Fuel filter

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

* Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.11

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 1000 HOURS:

EVERY 2000 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOURS maintenance • Perform 24 HOURS maintenance • Perform 125 HOURS maintenance • Perform 250 HOURS maintenance • Perform 500 HOURS maintenance • Perform 1000 HOURS maintenance • Perform 1500 HOURS maintenance And in addition:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOURS maintenance • Perform 24 HOURS maintenance • Perform 125 HOURS maintenance • Perform 250 HOURS maintenance • Perform 500 HOURS maintenance Check: • Fuel in-tank strainer.

Replace:

• Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil. See APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION Make sure the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed.

This will allow the program to optimize the cooling and message functions to best suite the oil being used. Refer to computer control system – hydraulic OIL GRADE SELECTION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure.

• Engine serpentine belt • Engine air cleaner unloader valve Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

EVERY 1500 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOURS maintenance • Perform 24 HOURS maintenance • Perform 125 HOURS maintenance • Perform 250 HOURS maintenance • Perform 500 HOURS maintenance • Perform 1000 HOURS maintenance Replace:

It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results NOTE: When refilling the hydraulic system, vent pumps, motors and valves of air by opening a plug or hose fitting located near or on top of the pumps, motors and valves until oil free of air is seen flowing out of the plug or hose fitting. Failure to vent air from the hydraulic system could cause serious damage to hydraulic components. Tighten plugs or fittings and clean up any spilled oil when completed.

• Crankcase ventilation filter.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for replacement instructions.

NOTE: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for 1 hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

* Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.12

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Check: OPEN FITTING TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

• All hydraulic system components especially cooling fan for proper operation after hydraulic oil has been replaced.

• Air intake precleaner.

• All air intake tubing, rubber couplings and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage Replace: • All air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors – High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

See AIR CLEANER SYSTEM, ENGINE in THIS SECTION

875-092

FAN DRIVE PUMP

VENT CASE DRAIN STRAINER RETURN HOSE

• Hydraulic tank breather.

OPEN FITTINGS TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

875-096

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

OPEN MAIN PUMP CASE DRAIN FITTING TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

LS855D-013

ATTACHMENT PUMP 8750518 TO 8752000 OPEN FITTINGS TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

MAIN PUMP

875-094

VENT AIR FROM FITTING

875-095

SWING AND ATTACHMENT PUMPS 8750501 TO 8750517 875-093

3.13

COOLING FAN MOTOR

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

2 YEARS: • Engine coolant.

• DEF supply module filter.* *NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to TIER 4 final machines only.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

SEASONAL: • Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil if required to meet operating temperature range. See APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION.

3.14

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS Use one of the following oils to fill or replenish the hydraulic system.

3.15

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

3.16

service and lubrication points

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance Tigercat Model 875 SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS

REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

COOLING SYSTEM

CHK

2

ENGINE OIL/FILTER

3

CRANKCASE VENTILATION FILTER

4

FUEL FILTER, ENGINE

5

FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR

6

DEF SUPPLY MODULE FILTER - T4F ONLY

CHANGE FILTER EVERY 2 YEARS

7 8

FUEL FILLER SCREEN IN-TANK FUEL STRAINER

CHK

9

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER

CHK

10

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

11

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

12

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

CHK

13

AIR INTAKE AREA IN DOOR

CHK

CHK

•

•

30

8

•

•

REP REP

•

1

REP

1 1

1

REFER TO SECTION 3 IN MANUAL

1

CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED RUBBER COMPONENTS. REPLACE DAMAGED COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY. REPLACE ALL RUBBER COMPONENTS EVERY 2000 HOURS. DRAIN AND REFILL AT SEASONAL OIL CHANGE. SEE APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS. REGULAR USE OF AN OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM IS RECOMMENDED. CHECK RESTRICTION INDICATOR ON COMPUTER DISPLAY IN CAB WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT FULL RPM AND WITH FLOW. SEE SECTION 3 OF MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

1

CLEAN AS REQUIRED.

14

AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS

CHK

REP

15

HYDRAULIC TANK

CHK

D/R

16

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS, 1 BLUE WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT 5 WHITE HIGH PERFORMANCE ELEMENTS

17 18 19

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER SWING CHARGE FILTER PILOT FILTER

20

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX

21

TRACK ROLLERS AND IDLERS CHECK FOR LUBRICANT LEAKAGE

22

SWING BEARING

LUB 24

23

SWING PINION

LUB

24

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARING

LUB *

25

ROTARY MANIFOLD TOP SEAL

LUB *

265

70

REP

CHK

6

†

REP

1 1 1

REP REP CHK ††

D/R

6

26

SWING GEARBOX UPPER GEARING

CHK

BOOM JOINTS, HOIST, STICK AND TILT CYLINDERS; HOIST, STICK & TILT CAB TILT, DOOR AND ROOF HINGES CAB TILT, CYLINDER PINS ROOF AND DOOR CYLINDER PINS ATTACHMENT

LUB LUB

1.5

2

FILL WITH API GL-5, 75W-90. SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL IS RECOMMENDED FOR SEVERE DUTY APPLICATIONS. †† CHECK OIL WITH LEVEL PLUGS AT 6 AND 9 O'CLOCK POSITIONS.

IF LEAKING REMOVE AND REPAIR FILL WITH SAE 75W-90 HT OR 80W-140 HT OIL, REFER TO 500 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE IN SECTION 3 OF MANUAL FOR DETAILS. GREASE EVERY 24 HOURS 5 SHOTS 4 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  GREASE WHILE SWINGING 15 SHOTS 1 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  5 SHOTS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  EACH 4 *REFER TO 250 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FITTING IN SECTION 3 OF MANUAL FOR DETAILS. LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  2 SHOTS 1 *REFER TO 250 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE IN SECTION 3 OF MANUAL FOR DETAILS. FILL WITH API GL-5, 75W-90 OR 80W-140 GEAR OIL 35 9.25 TO MAINTAIN HALF FULL LEVEL IN BOTTLE WHEN 2 OIL IS HOT. PURGE 6 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  PURGE 8 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  1 SHOT 18 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  1 SHOT 2 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  LUB 6 APPLY OIL LIBERALLY. SEE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE.

CHK

27 28 29 30 31 32

REFER TO SECTION 3 OF THIS MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

1

1

REP

• SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER’S OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES AND CAPACITIES

CLEAN AS NECESSARY. CLEAN OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY. CLEAN AS REQUIRED AND CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS. SEE SECTION 3 OF MANUAL FOR DETAILS ON 2000 HOUR CHECK. CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE IN SECTION 3 OF MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

CHK CHK *

REMARKS/LUBRICANT 60% ANTIFREEZE ** 40% DISTILLED WATER

1

•

DRN

QTY

USG

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS REP

1

LITRE

2000 

CAPACITY 1500 

1000 

500 

250 

125 

8

ITEM NO.

SERVICE EVERY DESCRIPTION

7.6

D/R

LUB LUB LUB

LUBECHART 65018BENG

3.17

2

1

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing function must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Warm the lubricating grease to 22°C (72°F) before lubricating the gearboxes. Do not over grease, gearbox failure may result. Do not use winter grease. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE – 250 HOURS in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART

GREASE GUN BOX 875-203

TUBE HOLDER

GREASE GUN BOX AND TUBE HOLDER LOCATION The grease gun box and tube holder are located on the hydraulic tank and return filter service compartment door. The service and lubrication chart is also located on the door.

880-047

IMPORTANT! Do not use a power grease gun to lubricate this machine. Use a hand grease gun only.

SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION 860C-244A

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS

880-048

LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease.

Locate the 4 lube fittings on the front of the machine turntable frame. With the gearbox at operating temperature and the lubricating grease warm, use a hand grease gun and slowly pump 5 shots of grease into each grease fitting. Do not over grease!

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS

LUBRICATION OF ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL To lubricate the rotary manifold seal, apply 2 shots grease every 250 hours to the lower grease fitting.

NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing and machine functions must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Warm the lubricating grease to 22°C (72°F) before lubricating the rotary manifold seal. Do not over grease!

3.18

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

GEAR OIL BOTTLES

875-097

UPPER GEARING LUBRICATION

LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING Each swing gearbox upper gearing is filled with gear oil. Use 75W-90 or 80W-140 gear oil.

Follow the lubricating procedure on the label located beside the gear oil bottle and also refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE – 250 HOURS in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL. 880-063 SWING BEARING GREASE FITTING

SWING PINION GREASE FITTING

SWING PINION AND BEARING FITTINGS LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 5 shots of grease while swinging every 24 hours to the lower grease fitting located on the foot pedal mount between the foot pedals. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 10 shots of grease every 8 hours while swinging, to the upper grease fitting located on the foot pedal mount between the foot pedals. The grease fittings are clearly labeled.

For lubrication schedule, refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

3.19

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

FILTERS – REMOVE AND REPLACE IMPORTANT! Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters.

When installing a new fuel filter, do not pre-fill with diesel fuel, or engine fuel pump damage will result. This type of failure is not warrantable by the engine manufacturer.

Unfiltered fuel used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the fuel system. Contaminants in unfiltered fuel can cause significant and costly damage to the engine. The cleanliness of fuel cannot be guaranteed unless it is always pre-filtered before use.

OIL FILTER

875-098

If the fuel supply is dirty, the fuel filter must be replaced more frequently than recommended in the owner’s manual. Operating the machine with a clogged fuel filter will result in low engine power.

It is also recommended the fuel/water separator bowl be drained daily.

IMPORTANT! Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the Tigercat engine operation and maintenance manual.

ENGINE OIL FILTER

Refer to the Tigercat engine operation and maintenance manual for correct procedures and time intervals when servicing the engine oil and fuel filters. Read and understand the SAFETY section in each of the manual.

To prolong the operating life of the fuel filter, make sure the fuel supply storage tank is clean and free of water and that fuel is pre-filtered prior to adding it to the machine.

875-100 FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

DRAIN TAP FUEL FILTER

WATER-INFUEL SENSOR CONNECTION

ENGINE FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR The fuel filter is supplied with the engine. Refer to the engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for service information and replacement interval.

The fuel filter/water separator is a combination unit, with a replaceable fuel filter and a removable water sediment bowl on the bottom of the unit.

The water sediment bowl is only replaced if it becomes damaged or non-functional. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS in THIS SECTION. 3.20

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

CHANGING THE FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR: 1. Park the machine on level ground, lower the attachment to the ground. Engine must be off and cool to the touch for installation.

875-337 875-232 HAND PRIMER PUMP GASKET

2. Do not smoke or allow open flames near installation.

VENT PLUG

3. Wipe clean the area around the fuel filter and filter head.

GASKET

4. Place a drain pan under the separator bowl.

FUEL FILTER/ BOWL

5. Loosen metal vent plug on the filter head.

Remove the metal bowl drain plug on the separator bowl and drain fuel.

FUEL BOWL HEATER

6. Disconnect the fuel heater and water in fuel sensor from the wiring harness.

WATER IN FUEL SENSOR

FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR

7. Remove the water separator filter and bowl from the filter head.

875-338 HAND PRIMER PUMP

WARNING Drain the fuel filter into a container and dispose of waste fluids according to local regulations..

FILTER HEAD

FUEL FILTER/

8. Remove and discard the gasket from the filter head.

BOWL

9. Remove the water sediment bowl from the bottom of the old filter. Discard this gasket also. Dispose of old filter and any fuel properly.

10. Clean the water sediment bowl, seating area for the gaskets on the filter head and the sediment bowl.

11. Lubricate gasket for bottom of filter and water sediment bowl with clean engine oil and carefully hand tighten the water sediment bowl onto the new filter. Close the metal bowl drain plug.

12. Lubricate the gasket on top of the new filter with clean engine oil.

13. Screw the new filter onto the filter head until the gasket makes contact with the seat and then hand tighten an additional 3/4 turn only.

METAL BOWL DRAIN PLUG

WATER SENSOR AND HEATER CONNECTORS

FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR 14. Reconnect the fuel heater and water in fuel sensor to the wiring harness.

15. Turn the ignition key to the on position to energize the fuel supply shut-off solenoid valve.

16. Prime filter by operating hand primer pump until fuel spills out the metal vent plug.

17. Close the vent plug.

18. Start the engine and check for leaks.

19. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

3.21

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

FUEL TANK 1 2

5

3

4

875-089

FUEL TANK 7. Inspect the fuel fill cap gasket.

Located at the rear of the machine, the fuel tank 8. Inspect fuel strainer located under the fuel fill has a capacity of 800 L (211 US gal). The fuel cap for debris or damage. tank incorporates a fuel fill screen under the fuel fill cap. The fuel fill screen should be removed and 9. Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted cleaned every 125 hours (reach in and lift it out). metal surface on the machine if the refuelling Replace the fuel fill screen if it is damaged. tank or nozzle is so equipped.

875-089

FUEL TANK – COMPONENTS • Fuel Tank (1)

10. Fill the fuel tank until the fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped.

• Fuel Fill Cap (2)

Do not leave the nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

• Fuel Level Sender (3) • Fuel Supply Shut-Off Solenoid Valve (4)

11. Remove the nozzle and the ground strap (if applicable).

• Fuel Return Check Valve (5) REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 2 MACHINES) 1. Park machine on level ground and lower attachment to the ground.

12. Install fuel fill cap hand tight before closing fuel fill cap cover.

13. Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

2. Turn OFF the engine and allow machine to cool.

S≤15 mg/kg

Do not refuel while smoking or near an open flame or sparks. ULTRA LOW SULFUR FUEL ONLY

3. Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

36686AUNI R0

4. Open the power roof.

5. Clear any debris from around the fuel fill cap.

6. Remove fuel fill cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from the tank.

3.22

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 4 MACHINES)

9. Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

IMPORTANT!

10. Fill the fuel tank until the fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped.

Do not leave the nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

11. Remove the nozzle and the ground strap (if applicable).

12. Install fuel fill cap hand tight before closing fuel fill cap cover.

S≤15 mg/kg

13. Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

ULTRA LOW SULFUR FUEL ONLY 36686AUNI R0

Use only Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel in Tigercat FPT engines equipped with Tier 4 aftertreatment systems. Using fuel with sulfur levels greater than 15 ppm (S≤15 mg/ kg) maximum will permanently damage the engine and aftertreatment system within a short period of time.

1. Park machine on level ground and lower attachment to the ground.

2. Turn OFF the engine and allow machine to cool.

S≤15 mg/kg LOWor SULFUR Do not refuel whileULTRA smoking near an open FUEL ONLY flame or sparks.

36686AUNI R0

3. Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

4. Open the power roof.

5. Clear any debris from around the fuel fill cap.

6. Remove fuel fill cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from the tank.

7. Inspect the fuel fill cap gasket.

8. Inspect fuel strainer located under the fuel fill cap for debris or damage.

3.23

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

FUEL TANK STRAINER

COVER PLATE

STRAINER

875-091

FUEL TANK STRAINER

A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The strainer is accessible by removing the top cover plate.

CHANGING/CLEANING THE STRAINER: NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground.

7. Remove the fuel strainer using hex on end of strainer. Carefully clean strainer (NOTE: rough handling can cause damage).

8. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

9. Reinstall the strainer.

10. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with O-ring.

11. Refuel and check for leaks.

2. Turn OFF the engine

12. Turn battery disconnect switch ON and start engine, check for leaks again.

3. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

13. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

4. Drain the fuel tank. Drain plug accessible from underside of upper structure.

5. Remove the top cover plate assembly and O-ring.

6. Before removing strainer, clean any debris from inside bottom of tank and wipe clean.

3.24

Tigercat 875 Logger

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES

Lubrication and Maintenance HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT: PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

IMPORTANT! NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

PRESSURE GAUGE

Tigercat does not recommend the pre-filling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors.

The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always pre-filtered before use.

Contaminated hydraulic oil can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

WARNING

SOLENOID ACTIVATED AIR VENT VALVE MANUAL AIR VENT VALVE SCHRADER VALVE

HYDRAULIC TANK

HAND FILL PUMP

875-004

HYDRAULIC TANK AND FILTER SERVICE COMPARTMENT

To release pressure from the hydraulic tank: Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull valve handle down 90° to open. Push valve handle up to close.

NOTE: Expelled air from vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the enclosure.

Releasing hydraulic tank pressure in the event of a hose breakage may reduce oil loss.

Warning, HOT hydraulic oil and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns!

Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

IMPORTANT! Air vent valve must be opened before changing hydraulic filters and strainers or performing any other service on hydraulic circuits. Do not operate machine with the air vent valve in the open position.

During a filter change or return hose replacement, air is able to enter the return hydraulic circuit.

It is important to bleed as much of this air as possible out prior to restarting the machine. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS in THIS SECTION for instructions on bleeding air from return circuit. Air bubbles in the hydraulic system will damage the pumps.

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

3.25

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS BREATHER FILTER HINGED ACCESS DOOR

(6) HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTERS STRAINER ACCESS COVER HYDRAULIC TANK

HAND FILL PUMP 875-080

HYDRAULIC TANK AND RETURN FILTER SERVICE COMPARTMENT

There are six replaceable filters mounted on filter heads beside the tank and three mesh type reusable diffusers on the end of each return tube in the hydraulic tank.

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES IMPORTANT! NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

The filters should be checked/changed at the intervals specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in THIS SECTION. If the Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass icon illuminates red between scheduled maintenance intervals, STOP THE MACHINE and change these filter elements.

Tigercat does not recommend the pre-filling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors.

The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always pre-filtered before use.

*NOTE: Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass icon may illuminate yellow if oil is not brought up to temperature after cold start ups. Refer to MACHINE PREPARATION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION.

Contaminated hydraulic oil can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

3.26

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

IMPORTANT! Pressurized hydraulic tank. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) maximum.

FILTR_SEALS 2

FILTER HEAD

Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

GASKET

FILTER ELEMENT

Filter change procedure:

SQUARE SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting on the ground.

 SQUARE SECTION GASKET

2. Open enclosure roof and left side enclosure door.

Remove used gasket and clean groove in head.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

4. Turn the BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the OFF position.

Install new gasket into groove in filter head.

Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

Tighten filter an additional 3/4 turn.

NOTE: Air pressure expelling from the vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the compartment.

FILTR_SEALS 2

FILTER HEAD

6. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

GASKET

7. Wearing eye and face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter.

FILTER ELEMENT

8. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

9. Drain away any accumulation of oil in the tray (if equipped) by using the drain hose routed through the floor to a waste oil container.

O-RING GASKET INSTALLATION

 O-RING GASKET

Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head.

10. The new Tigercat filter is supplied with two gaskets enclosed, examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

Install new gasket on inside lip of filter.

Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with filter head.

(Approximately 11/2 additional turns after gasket contact.)

11. Close AIR VENT VALVE, push handle UP.

3.27

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

HYDRAULIC TEST FITTING COUPLER CONNECTION

PRESSURE GAUGE

SOLENOID ACTIVATED AIR VENT VALVE MANUAL AIR VENT VALVE SCHRADER VALVE

HYDRAULIC TANK

880-082

12. Attach a bleed hose to the test fitting on the return manifold using a quick coupler with a drain hose.

HAND FILL PUMP

13. Route hose to a waste oil container.

14. Use fill pump to raise hydraulic oil level up to the FULL line, replacing oil lost during filter change.

875-004

HYDRAULIC TANK AND FILTER SERVICE COMPARTMENT

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

15. As oil is being pumped into the tank, purge air out the bleed hose from the return manifold until a steady stream of oil is coming from the bleed hose.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM.

Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

After service is completed, close manual air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in THIS SECTION for details.

16. Disconnect bleed hose from the coupling at the manifold.

17. Clean up any spilled oil.

18. If oil level reaches full mark before air is completely bled, pressure can be added to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve from a clean air source. Monitor the hydraulic tank pressure gauge when adding air pressure. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

19. Start the engine and check for leaks.

20. Run engine at IDLE speed for at least 5 minutes to purge any remaining air from the filter system. Then STOP the engine for 15 minutes to allow air bubbles in the hydraulic tank to rise.

21. Recheck hydraulic oil level – top up as needed.

3.28

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

SWING DRIVE CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER The swing drive pump is equipped with an integral charge pump to provide a positive charge pressure in the swing drive hydraulic (closed loop) circuit.

The charge pressure system is equipped with a filter that must be replaced every 500 hours.

875-081

875-106

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

(6) HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTERS

PILOT MANIFOLD FILTER

(3) HYDRAULIC RETURN DIFFUSERS

HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPARTMENT

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS AND DIFFUSERS

PILOT MANIFOLD FILTER The pilot system incorporates a filter that must be replaced every 500 hours.

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

Replace these filters as follows: 1. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

2. Install a container to catch any spilled oil below the filter.

3. The hydraulic tank is pressurized. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

IMPORTANT! Pressurized hydraulic tank 34.5 kPa (5 psi) maximum.

Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

7. Close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

There are three reusable diffusers/strainers on the return tubes. The diffusers should be inspected whenever the hydraulic tank is drained. See SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION. CHANGING OR CLEANING THE DIFFUSERS: This should be performed in the event of a pump failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground. Position upper structure to allow access to the drain plug in the bottom of hydraulic tank.

8. Start the engine and check for leaks.

2. Turn OFF the engine.

9. Check oil level in hydraulic tank and add oil if required.

3. Open service enclosure doors and install safety strut.

4. While wearing eye and face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter.

5. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

6. Follow the installation instructions on the replacement filter and install the new filter.

4. Turn BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the OFF position.

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

3.29

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger NOTE: Changing strainers and filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil.

For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

875-080

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

1

HYDRAULIC TANK CLEAN-OUT COVER

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

6. Drain the hydraulic tank via a drain plug in the bottom of the tank.

7. Remove the round access cover plates(1) and O-rings.

8. Before removing the diffusers, clean any debris from the bottom of the tank and wipe it clean.

875-096

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

A case drain strainer element is located in the hydraulic valve compartment. It services the main pump, swing pump, attachment pump, and fan motor case drains and swing pump charge pressure filter bypass.

9. Remove the three hydraulic oil return diffusers using the hex on the end of the diffusers.

Carefully clean the diffusers (they are easily damaged by rough handling).

The strainer element requires no regular maintenance over the life of the machine.

10. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the diffusers screw onto the pipes and cover plate.

Only in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure should this element be serviced.

11. Reinstall the diffusers using the hex on end.

12. Reinstall access cover plate with NEW O-ring.

13. Add hydraulic oil to tank using fill pump.

14. Close air vent valve (push handle up). Add air pressure to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve from a clean air source. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

IMPORTANT! The strainer element is NOT a filter element.

Always use the correct replacement element. Use of an incorrect (filter type) element will result in pump damage.

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

15. Bleed air from the main, attachment, swing and fan pumps and fan valve by loosening the case drain hose fittings at each pump connection.

BREATHER FILTER

16. Continue filling hydraulic tank using fill pump.

Tighten case drain hose fittings to pumps when oil is seen coming from the pump case drain ports. It is important that all air is evacuated from the pumps.

17. Fill hydraulic tank up to FULL mark on sight gauge using fill pump.

18. Recheck oil level and add hydraulic oil up to FULL mark using fill pump.

HYDRAULIC TANK

875-096

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

The hydraulic tank breather is located in the compartment at the rear of the operator cab. This breather should be replaced every 2000 hours.

3.30

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM AIR CLEANER

UNLOADER VALVE

PRE-CLEANER

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

875-172

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses two filter elements; a primary element and a safety element.

It is accessible through the service door on the right side of the engine compartment.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER

3. Angled fins along the interior surface move heavier-than air debris towards the ejection slot 4. Clean air continues to swirl down into the engine air inlet pipe The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area of the precleaner.

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before the start of every shift (8 hrs). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 Hours.

845C-070

PRECLEANER OPERATION

How it works: 1.

Air enters the underside of the dome through screened louvers, which prevents clogging by blocking any particles larger than the ejection slot from entering the unit.

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible.

Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then check the filter elements as they may need to be replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube.

The valve should suck closed at about 1/3 of full throttle. When operating in high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust buildup.

2. Curved particle accelerator blades slam air and dirt up against the sidewall 3.31

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted. Service Machine to correct.

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED (YELLOW)

875-016

A mechanical filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter.

Replace the primary air filter when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After replacing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED (RED)

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR

875-017

This machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and turns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

NOTE: Replace the safety element every third primary filter change.

Refer to AIR CLEANER SYSTEM, ENGINE – AIR CLEANER – OVER SERVICING in THIS SECTION. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

3.32

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS Check all air intake system components, rubber and silicone elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

SAFETY ELEMENT

Replace all air intake rubber and silicone components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours – High temperatures in this area can cause them to harden.

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in THIS SECTION, the following instructions should also be noted: The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are:

PRIMARY ELEMENT

OVER SERVICING Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

NOTE: Over servicing does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

IMPROPER SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust.

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and protective filter element is removed for replacement. The safety element does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

470-04

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS 1. Release the six over-center latches and lift cover/dust bowl off of air cleaner assembly .

2. Avoid dislodging dust from filter element(s) by gently pulling the element off the outlet tube.

3. Always clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube before inserting a new filter element.

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube.

5. Check your old filter sealing surfaces. This will help you detect foreign material on the sealing surface that is causing leakage.

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

6. Inspect the new filter for damage.

7. Insert the new filter properly. Apply pressure to the outer rim of the filter not the flexible centre.

8. Check connections and ducts for an air tight fit. Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows intake tubing and joints for hardening cracks, splits or wear points and replace as needed.

Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

3.33

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

NOTICE

THE AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM AND ITS RELATED COMPONENTS ARE APPLICABLE TO TIER 4 FINAL ENGINES ONLY.

DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST/ SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM (DeNOX 2.2 SYSTEM – TIER 4 FINAL) The engine on this machine is equipped with a combination Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and high efficiency Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system. The DOC/SCR limits the nitrogen oxide exhaust gas values (NOx) to meet Tier 4 Final emission standard requirements with low fuel consumption. This process is electronically controlled by the DeNOx 2.2 system.

The DOC uses oxidation at high temperatures to convert carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC) and the soluble organic fraction (SOF) of diesel particulates into inert compounds, carbon dioxide (CO2) and water vapour (H2O). In addition the DOC converts nitrogen oxide (NO) into nitrogen dioxide (NO2). Increased NO2 levels enhance the performance of the SCR catalyst at low temperatures and increase the effectiveness of the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system.

The high efficiency SCR process is based on a series of chemical reactions involving the reaction of ammonia (NH3) with oxygen in the exhaust gas to reduce NO in the exhaust gas by transforming it into inert compounds: free nitrogen (N2) and H2O. In addition the high efficiency catalytic converter includes a Clean Up Catalyst (CUC) which reduces any excess NH3 which may result from the SCR process.

• DO NOT IDLE THIS ENGINE FOR MORE THAN 9 HOURS. • DAMAGE TO EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WILL RESULT.

63281BENG R0

IMPORTANT! Engine should not idle longer than 9 consecutive hours. Damage to the emission control system will result. When this machine idles for an extended period excess hydrocarbon buildup is created in the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system. Burn off of excess hydrocarbon at full load immediately after a long idle period will generate excess heat which will cause damage to emission control system components.

3.34

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

The DOC/SCR aftertreatment system consists of the following components:

• Dosing Module (DEF Injector) • Mixer Tube (DOC outlet)

• Inlet Humidity and Temperature Sensor

• SCR Inlet Temperature Sensor

• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank

• Catalytic Converter (SCR, CUC)

• Coolant Valve

• Outlet Temperature Sensor

• DeNOx 2.2 Control System (incorporated into the engine control unit)

• Outlet NH3 Sensor • Outlet NOx Sensor

• Supply Module • Exhaust Flap on outlet of Turbocharger (not shown) • DOC Inlet NOx Sensor • DOC Inlet Temperature Sensor • Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)

DOC UNIT

DOSING MODULE

SCR INLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR DOC INLET NOx SENSOR

MIXING TUBE

OUTLET NH3 SENSOR ECU, NH3 SENSOR

OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR

DOC INLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR

OUTLET NOx SENSOR CATALYTIC CONVERTER (SCR,CUC) SUPPLY MODULE

ENGINE ECU ECU NOx SENSORS DEF HEATER UNIT

AIR CLEANER

FILTER SERVICE INDICATOR

COOLANT VALVE HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR DEF TANK

875-033

SCR AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM COMPONENTS 3.35

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger HC NOx CO NH3 N2 H 2O CO2

HUMIDITY SENSOR AIR FILTER

SUPPLY MODULE

EXHAUST FLAP

ECU

HC

NOx SENSOR

NOx

CO

DEF QUALITY SENSOR

ENGINE

NOx SENSOR

NH3 SENSOR

DEF LEVEL SENSOR

DOC

TEMPERATURE SENSORS

HEATER VALVE (CIRCULATING ENGINE COOLANT)

MIXER TUBE CUC

H 2O

N2

SCR

NH3

CO2

- HYDROCARBONS - NITROGEN OXIDES - CARBON MONOXIDE - AMMONIA - FREE NITROGEN - WATER - CARBON DIOXIDE

DEF TANK

DOSING MODULE

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

630E-276

DOC/SCR AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM

THE AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM AND ITS RELATED COMPONENTS ARE APPLICABLE TO TIER 4 FINAL ENGINES ONLY. The DOC/SCR aftertreatment system is electronically managed by the DeNOx 2.2 system incorporated into the engine electronic control unit (ECU). The ECU calculates and adjusts the flow rate of the DEF solution into the system based on current engine speed, torque delivered, exhaust temperature, amount of nitrogen oxides and ammonia present.

The exhaust passes through the DOC which uses oxidation at high temperatures to convert carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC) and the soluble organic fraction (SOF) of diesel particulates into inert compounds, carbon dioxide (CO2) and water vapour (H2O). It also converts nitrogen oxide (NO) into nitrogen dioxide (NO2) which enhances the performance of the SCR catalyst.

The first phase of the SCR process takes place in the pipe between the DOC and Catalytic converter.

High temperature exhaust gas evaporates the DEF solution instantly and, by hydrolysis, converts it into ammonia (NH3) and CO2.

Evaporation of the solution lowers exhaust gas temperature, bringing it closer to the optimum temperature required by the process.

The exhaust gases and ammonia at the proper reaction temperature, are introduced into the catalytic converter, where the second phase of the process takes place: by reacting with the oxygen in the exhaust gases the ammonia is converted into free nitrogen (N2) and H2O. Finally the high efficiency catalytic converter incorporates a clean up catalyst (CUC) which reduces any excess NH3 which may result from the SCR process.

The supply module pump picks up the DEF solution from the tank and sends it under pressure to the dosing module (DEF injector) to be injected into the exhaust at the outlet of the DOC and pass through the mixer tube upstream of the catalytic converter.

3.36

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC)

SUPPLY MODULE

875-176

875-013 H845D-038

DEF TANK COMPARTMENT

SUPPLY MODULE The supply module pump picks up the DEF solution from the tank and sends it under pressure to the dosing module, mounted on the DOC. DEF is injected into the exhaust at the outlet of the diesel oxidation catalyst and upstream of the catalytic converter.

EXHAUST FLAP

DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC) The diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) uses oxidation at high temperatures to convert carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC) and the soluble organic fraction (SOF) of diesel particulates into inert compounds, carbon dioxide (CO2) and water vapour (H2O).

In addition the DOC converts nitrogen oxide (NO) into nitrogen dioxide (NO2). Increased NO2 levels enhance the performance of the SCR catalyst at low temperatures and increase the effectiveness of the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system as a whole.

The DOC is located upstream of the catalytic converter (SCR & CUC) and at its outlet incorporates the mixer tube and the mounting for the dosing module.

875-167

EXHAUST FLAP An exhaust flap is located at the exhaust outlet from the engine. The exhaust flap is used to regulate temperature of the exhaust entering the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) to optimum levels for proper operation of the aftertreatment system.

3.37

Lubrication and Maintenance THE AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM AND ITS RELATED COMPONENTS ARE APPLICABLE TO TIER 4 FINAL ENGINES ONLY.

Tigercat 875 Logger CATALYTIC CONVERTER

DOSING MODULE (DEF INJECTOR)

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

875-168

875-175

DOSING MODULE

The dosing module is mounted on the DOC outlet upstream of the catalytic converter. The dosing module injects DEF fluid into the exhaust stream.

The dosing module is cooled by a constant flow of engine coolant supplied by the heater valve to maintain optimum temperature for the aftertreatment process.

MIXER TUBE

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

The catalytic converter is located above the engine. Chemical reactions inside the catalytic converter reduce nitrogen oxides (NOx) in the exhaust gas.

The catalytic converter is equipped with soundproofing material and replaces the exhaust silencer. It incorporates both the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) and the cleanup catalyst (CUC) components of the aftertreatment system.

The first phase of the SCR process takes place between the DOC and the SCR. High temperature exhaust gas evaporates the DEF solution instantly and, by hydrolysis, converts it into ammonia (NH3) and carbon dioxide (CO2).

Evaporation of the solution lowers exhaust gas temperature, bringing it closer to the optimum temperature required by the process.

The exhaust gases and ammonia at the proper reaction temperature, are introduced into the SCR, where the second phase of the process takes place. By reacting with the oxygen in the exhaust gases the ammonia is converted into free nitrogen (N2) and water vapour (H2O).

630E-275

MIXER TUBE

Finally the high efficiency catalytic converter incorporates a CUC which reduces any excess NH3 which may result from the SCR process.

The mixer tube is incorporated into the outlet of the DOC upstream from the catalytic converter.

The high-turbulence mixer tube is used to mix the DEF solution and exhaust gases together before they enter the catalytic converter.

3.38

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TEMPERATURE SENSORS

620E-089

TAG

HUMIDITY & TEMPERATURE SENSOR 620E-087

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Three temperature sensors are mounted at the inlet of the diesel oxidation catalyst, and the ATS system, one in the inlet and outlet of the catalytic converter. These 3 sensors send exhaust temperature signals to the DeNOx 2.2 control system. The control system uses this information to calculate the amount of DEF fluid to be injected into the system.

The humidity sensor is located on the air intake just past the air cleaner. This sensor monitors the temperature and humidity of intake air sending signals to the DeNOx 2.2 control system. This information is used to calculate the amount of DEF fluid to be injected into the system.

NH3 SENSOR ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT

NOTE: All three temperature sensors are identical, however location should be noted for analysis purposes when replacing a temperature sensor.

The sensor, cable and control unit are considered to be one part for service/replacement purposes.

Note that cable length cannot be changed as this will affect the proper operation of the sensor.

SENSOR

630E-264

NH3 SENSOR

The NH3 sensor is mounted at the outlet of the catalytic converter. The NH3 sensors detect and send information about the NH3 levels in the exhaust. This information is used to calculate the amount of DEF fluid to be injected into the system and to monitor DOC/SCR aftertreatment system operation.

Refer to APPROVED ANTI-SEIZE PASTES FOR EXHAUST/AFTERTREATMENT SENSORS in THIS MANUAL.

3.39

Lubrication and Maintenance THE AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM AND ITS RELATED COMPONENTS ARE APPLICABLE TO TIER 4 FINAL ENGINES ONLY. NOX SENSOR ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT

Tigercat 875 Logger APPROVED ANTI-SEIZE PASTES FOR EXHAUST/AFTERTREATMENT SENSORS If replacement of these components is necessary in the field, NOx sensors and NH sensors are pre-coated at the factory with the required antiseize. The application of anti-seize should not be required.

3

In the event Anti-Seize must be re-applied, only the following approved products should be used: • NO sensors – Weicon® High Tech Anti-seize only x

• NH sensor – Loctite® X203 Dry Film Moly Anti- Seize 3

CERAMIC SENSOR

620E-088

NOX SENSOR

The inlet NOx sensor is mounted upstream of the diesel oxidation catalyst. The outlet NOx sensor is mounted at the outlet of the catalytic converter. The NOx sensors detect and send information about the dosing of DEF solution and the efficiency of the catalytic converter to the DeNOx 2.2 control system. This information is used to calculate the amount of DEF fluid to be injected into the system and to monitor DOC/SCR aftertreatment system operation.

IMPORTANT! When checking or replacing any sensor or plugs in the exhaust or the aftertreatment system, it is important to use only approved anti-seize as specified by Tigercat.

Use of non-approved compounds can affect the operation of the NOx and NH3 sensors and cause a malfunction of the aftertreatment system. This may result in poisoning of the SCR catalyst and require replacement of expensive aftertreatment system parts.

Each NOx sensor consists of ceramic sensor and an electronic control unit linked by a cable.

The sensor detects the concentration of nitrogen oxides in the exhaust.

3.40

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

DEF SUPPLY MODULE FILTER The supply module is located in the rear of the engine compartment by the fuel tank. The supply module filter can be accessed from the bottom of the module.

The DEF supply module filter should be replaced as part of scheduled maintenance every 2 years.

Changing filter: 1. Park machine on level ground, lower the attachment to the ground, stop engine.

630E-285

6. Find the filter removal tool provided with the replacement parts select the correct edge BLACK (B) for black filters or GREY (G) for grey filters.

2. Wipe clean the area around the filter and supply module.

3. Place rags below to catch the spills.

630E-284

630E-281

7. Insert the tool edge completely until a click is felt or heard.

4. Turn the filter cover counterclockwise to remove cover from the supply module. Use a 27 mm (11/16 in) wrench.

630E-286 630E-282

5. Remove the equalizing element and note the color of the filter inside (black or grey).

8. Pull out the filter, using a tool in the slot on the filter removal tool if required.

3.41

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

THE AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM AND ITS RELATED COMPONENTS ARE APPLICABLE TO TIER 4 FINAL ENGINES ONLY.

630E-290

12. Install the new filter cover, tighten to 20 Nm (15 lbf-ft). Use a 27 mm (11/16 in) wrench.

NOTE: The filter cover must be replaced with each filter change.

630E-287

9. Clean surfaces with water only to avoid DEF contamination.

Check the area around the filter for cracks. If cracks are found the supply module must be replaced.

13. Start the engine and check for leaks.

IMPORTANT! It is important to avoid contamination of DEF when performing maintenance on the system as this may cause costly damage to SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the aftertreatment system and the engine.

WARNING Use only diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications. NEVER fill the DEF tank with any other fluid.

DEF fluid is injected into the exhaust gas stream during normal operation of the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system.

Use of other fluids may cause component damage, or a fire risk which could result in death or serious injury.

630E-288

10. Install the new filter. Lubricate the O-rings on the filter with clean DEF solution for easy installation.

630E-289

11. Install the new equalizing element.

NOTE: The equalizing element must be replaced with each filter change.

3.42

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK

Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) is an aqueous urea solution with 32.5% high purity urea and 67.5% deionized water. Note that DEF may also be referred to as AUS32 or AdBlue. All DEF must be American Petroleum Institute (API) Certified DEF or meet ISO 22241 specifications.

DEF is used by the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system to lower the concentration of nitrogen oxides from the diesel engine exhaust of this vehicle.

41581AUNI R0

It is important to avoid contamination of DEF when filling the tank as this may cause costly damage to SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the SCR system and the engine.

WARNING

DEF TANK (BLUE FILL CAP)

875-171

Use only diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications. NEVER fill the DEF tank with any other fluid.

DEF TANK

The DEF tank is located inside the cooler package access door in the left rear corner of the machine.

The DEF tank fill cap can be accessed through this door. The DEF tank fill point is equipped with a filter to prevent contaminants from entering the tank.

DEF fluid is injected into the exhaust gas stream during normal operation of the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system.

Use of other fluids may cause component damage, or a fire risk which could result in death or serious injury.

DEF tank capacity is 80 L (21 US gal). Do not overfill tank. This tank is equipped with an expansion capacity of 7% required to allow for the expansion of DEF in cold temperature conditions.

DEF freezes at -11°C (12°F).

A DEF level indicator is shown on the main menu of the computer display, below the fuel gauge.

When DEF levels are low information messages will be shown on the computer display. Note that extremely low DEF levels may result in derating of engine performance to meet emission standard requirements. Action to correct DEF levels should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES in THIS SECTION. The DEF tank and DEF supply lines are heated when temperatures are low, the system will thaw DEF within 30 minutes of engine start for proper operation of the SCR aftertreatment system. Note that when the engine is turned off all DEF is pumped back to tank before the engine power system is turned off. This process takes approximately 90 seconds. Refer to DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST/SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION in THIS SECTION in THIS SECTION.

When a problem with DEF quality is detected information messages will be shown on the computer display. Note that DEF quality problems may result in derating of engine performance to meet emission standard requirements. Action to correct DEF quality problems should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to SCR aftertreatment system components. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. IMPORTANT! DEF should be stored between -11°C (12°F) and 30°C (86°F) and out of direct sunlight to maximize shelf life and to avoid DEF quality problems caused by improper storage.

Refer to DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST/ SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION in THIS SECTION for more information regarding the use of DEF and its function in the SCR aftertreatment system.

3.43

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

THE AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM AND ITS RELATED COMPONENTS ARE APPLICABLE TO TIER 4 FINAL ENGINES ONLY. HEATER VALVE/HEATED DEF SUPPLY LINES

Temperature sensors signals control the operation of both the electrically heated DEF supply lines and the heater valve which, depending on the temperature, opens or closes the flow of hot engine coolant to the heater coil in the DEF tank and supply module.

Heating is switched OFF when: • DEF tank temperature >16°C (61°F) Heating is switched ON when:

HEATER VALVE

• DEF tank temperature < -15°C (-59°F) When conditions require heating the system will thaw DEF within 30 minutes of engine start for proper operation of the aftertreatment system.

Note also that whenever the engine is turned off all DEF is pumped back to tank before the engine power system is turned off. This process takes approximately 90 seconds.

DeNOX 2.2 DOSING SYSTEM DeNOx 2.2 control system is incorporated into the engine control unit (ECU).

875-173 875-013

The heater valve is located on a bracket mounted on the fuel tank in the center of the engine compartment.

CONNECTOR

COOLANT BYPASS

H845D-001 COOLANT OUTLET

COOLANT INLET 630E-265

HEATER VALVE

The heater valve controls the flow of engine coolant through the DEF tank heater coil and the supply module when heating of the DEF fluid is required. The heater valve also controls the constant flow of engine coolant to the dosing module for cooling purposes. This machine is equipped with electrically heated DEF supply lines (DEF freezes at -11°C (12°F)).

ENGINE ECU

The DOC/SCR aftertreatment system is electronically managed by the DeNOx 2.2 control system. The ECU calculates and adjusts the flow rate of the DEF solution into the system based on current engine speed, torque delivered, exhaust temperature, amount of nitrogen oxides and ammonia present and the humidity levels in incoming air.

3.44

Tigercat 875 Logger DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) HANDLING AND STORAGE Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) is an aqueous urea solution with 32.5% high purity urea and 67.5% deionized water. Note that DEF may also be referred to as AUS32 or AdBlue and should meet ISO 22241 specifications. Use only DEF meeting this standard.

It is important to avoid contamination of DEF as this may cause costly damage to SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the SCR system and the engine.

When a problem with DEF quality is detected information messages will be shown on the computer display. Note that DEF quality problems may result in derating of engine performance to meet emission standard requirements. Action to correct DEF quality problems should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to SCR aftertreatment system components. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL. For safety information refer to DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. AVOID DEF QUALITY PROBLEMS WITH PROPER HANDLING PRACTICES Most DEF quality problems can be avoided entirely with a little care and proper handling of DEF fluid.

Lubrication and Maintenance FILLING THE DEF TANK • Always clean the area around the fill cap and avoid introducing contaminants into the DEF tank when filling.

• Always use only diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications.

Use of any other fluid will contaminate the aftertreatment system and may pose a safety hazard.

USE OF PROPER STORAGE CONTAINERS • To prevent contaminants from affecting DEF quality it should be handled only in storage, transport and filling containers intended exclusively for that purpose.

• Polyethylene or stainless steel containers are recommended. Refer to DEF manufacturer's recommendations.

• DEF is corrosive to metals other than stainless steel. Transport in metal containers other than stainless steel will result in contamination.

PROPER STORAGE CONDITIONS TO MAXIMIZE SHELF LIFE • DEF should be stored between -11°C (12°F) and 30°C (86°F) and out of direct sunlight to maximize shelf life and to avoid DEF quality problems caused by improper storage.

• DEF quality problems can often be avoided with proper storage and handling practices to maximize shelf life.

• DEF storage areas should always be out of direct sunlight and away from heat sources to avoid reducing shelf life.

WARNING Use only diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications. DEF fluid is sprayed into the exhaust system at high temperatures during normal operation of the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system.

• DEF shelf life is limited. It should be consumed on a first in first out basis, within manufacturer's recommended shelf life limits.

DEF beyond manufacturer's recommended shelf life limits may not meet ISO 22241 specifications.

NEVER fill the DEF tank with any other fluid.

Doing so may cause a fire risk which could result in death or serious injury.

3.45

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

THE AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM AND ITS RELATED COMPONENTS ARE APPLICABLE TO TIER 4 FINAL ENGINES ONLY.

DEF TANK

DEF HOLD DOWN FASTENING STRAP

DRAINING THE DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK Draining the DEF tank is recommended in the case of DEF quality concerns and/or known contamination. The DEF tank must be completely drained and all contaminants must be removed before refilling.

DEF TANK HOLD DOWN CLAMP DEF TANK MOUNTING BRACKET SENSOR

HEATER UNIT

875-036 875-037

DEF TANK

11. Remove the DEF tank fill cap for venting purposes during draining.

DEF FILL CAP

12. Remove the drain plug and drain the DEF solution into a suitable container. Dispose of the waste DEF fluid according to local regulations.

DEF TANK DRAIN PLUG

13. Once the fluid has been drained, clean the inside of the tank with distilled/demineralized water, if required.

DEF QUALITY SENSOR 875-238

DEF TANK COMPARTMENT

DEF TANK

14. Replace the drain plug and DEF fill cap.

1. The DEF tank is equipped with a drain plug on the bottom of the tank. The DEF tank must be removed to access the drain plug.

2. Use the DEF level indicator

15. If any DEF fluid has spilled, rinse well with water.

16. Start sliding the tank back into place until the sensor harness can be reattached to the bottom of the tank.

on

the computer display to estimate the container capacity required to properly drain the DEF solution.

17. Slide the tank completely back into place and secure the DEF tank hold down clamp.

3. Clean the area around all connections before removing DEF lines.

18. Re-attach all connections to the top of the tank.

4. Disconnect all connections from the top of the tank.

NOTE: To avoid contamination and ensure clean fluid, do not re-use DEF. Re-fill tank with new DEF only.

5. Loosen and remove the bolt securing the DEF tank hold down clamp.

6. Move the hold down fastening strap away from the DEF tank.

7. Slide the tank out slowly until you can gain access to the sensor electrical connection on the bottom of the tank.

IMPORTANT! It is important to avoid contamination of DEF when performing maintenance on the system as this may cause costly damage to SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the aftertreatment system and the engine.

8. Disconnect wire harness from sensor 9. Slide the tank out completely 10. Support the DEF tank to gain access to the drain plug.

3.46

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Any service work must be performed by a certified A/C technician. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. Polyalkylene Glycol (PAG) oil should be present in the system and must be used on O-rings and fittings during assembly.

A/C SYSTEM TOTAL CAPACITIES R134a refrigerant

1.36 kg (3 lb)

PAG

207 ml (7 oz)

CAUTION If using pressurized water or compressed air for cleaning, use at 30 psi. or less. Always use personal protective equipment (safety glasses) to guard against flying debris.

3. Check for dirt and debris; on the evaporator coil located inside the A/C-heater unit and also the inside of the A/C-heater unit. Clean as required.

The compressor and charge valves are accessed on the right side of the engine. The receiver dryer is mounted to the fan shroud seal support bracket.

Perform following inspection along with 125 HOURS inspection outlined in SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. 1. Check re-circulating and fresh air filters in operator's cab. Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. CHECK A/C BELT TENSION AND ADJUST AS REQUIRED

H860C-30

CHECK CONDITION OF A/C BELT

4. With engine turned off, check and adjust compressor drive belt tension.

5. Check all A/C hoses for kinks.* 6. Run air conditioning system for 3 - 5 minutes.

7. Check to see that compressor clutch will engage.* 8. Listen to compressor and blower motor for abnormal noises.* 9. Check air temperature exiting vents in cab.

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE 880-051

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE

2. Check the condenser core for dirt and debris.

Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

3.47

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

RADIATOR

CHARGE AIR COOLER

OIL COOLER

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/CHARGE AIR COOLER

875-174

MOISTURE INDICATOR BLUE - OK. PINK - REPLACE DRYER, RECHARGE SYSTEM

SIGHT GLASS INDICATES CONDITION OF CHARGE

10. Inspect sight glass on receiver dryer with A/C ON. A constant stream of bubbles indicates system requires charging.* Check colour in moisture indicator; BLUE is OK. PINK indicates desiccant material in dryer is saturated with moisture. In this situation replace receiver/dryer, evacuate system and recharge system with both refrigerant and PAG oil.* * Indicates that these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

For additional SERVICE information refer to the Tigercat A/C SERVICE MANUAL part number 18795A, available from Tigercat parts department.

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER

875-113

IMPORTANT! It is recommended that during cold weather when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of 5 minutes every 2 weeks. This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system.

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER

3.48

Tigercat 875 Logger TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS Steel tracks are designed to perform in tough underfoot conditions. Take these steps to maximize service life and reduce operating costs.

Start every shift with a clean undercarriage.

When mud and debris build up on the lower part of your machine, components wear at a faster rate.

Do not begin work until the undercarriage area is clean.

Inspect the undercarriage before you start working.

In addition to ensuring the undercarriage is clean, spend a couple of minutes on a visual inspection.

Check for loose bolts, leaky seals and abnormal wear patterns. When you spot potential problems early, you can often prevent them from turning into bigger issues that reduce component life significantly or cause expensive unscheduled downtime.

Don't spin the tracks.

Track spinning, reduces production, it increases fuel consumption, without a corresponding increase in productivity. And it accelerates undercarriage wear, so your costs escalate.

Grouser bars are especially prone to wear problems associated with track slippage.

Lubrication and Maintenance Alternate turning directions.

If you're always turning in the same direction, the undercarriage components on one side of the machine will wear at a different rate than those on the other side. To ensure even wear, pay attention to the way you're turning-and change directions whenever possible.

Make gradual turns instead of counterrotations.

Counter-rotating accelerates wear on the tracks and other undercarriage components. Don't use that technique unless job conditions demand it. Instead, turn the machine gradually while slowly moving forward or reverse. Gradual turns minimize cuts, tears and excessive wear in the undercarriage. They also reduce damage to soft or sensitive work surfaces.

In the event a counter rotation is required some operators will carefully push the boom and attachment down against a suitable obstacle and lift the forward or rear sections of the track off the ground. The operator will then counter rotate the tracks while swinging the upper structure. This will disengage most of the track length from the ground during the counter rotation resulting in less site damage and potentially less track wear.

This is a complex maneuver and should only be completed with fully trained and experienced operators working in stable ground conditions.

Watch your speed.

There are times when a job requires higher speed operation, but the fact is, wear accelerates as speed increases. Links, rollers and idlers are particularly vulnerable. Keep them working longer by controlling your speed.

Avoid unnecessary reverse operation.

Operating in reverse-even at slow speedscompounds bushing and sprocket wear as the track tension loads are applied to the top side of the chain. So avoid an unproductive reverse operation.

Work up or down a slope whenever possible.

Working across a slope can shorten undercarriage component life, so try to structure the job with minimal cross-slope activity.

3.49

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

Watch transition areas.

Try to minimize travel over transition obstacles as this accelerates undercarriage wear. If you must go across a transition, position the machine 90° to the transition. Without ground support, the undercarriage is subjected to side stresses that can result in rapid, excessive wear.

Configuration refers to the way your machine is equipped and is therefore something you can control. To minimize undercarriage wear on steel-track machines, always use the narrowest track shoe possible that meets your flotation requirements. If you work in very sticky materials, consider using center-punched track shoes to reduce material packing in the undercarriage area.

Other factors:

Application refers to the type of work you do.

Shovel logging, loading, grading, digging and trenching are a few examples. This factor is largely beyond your control, but generally speaking, the more you work in high horsepower, high-torque applications, the faster your undercarriage will wear.

Material type is another key contributor to undercarriage wear that is outside your control, the more abrasive the material, the more rapid the wear rate.

Terrain, a third uncontrollable factor, describes the contours and slopes at your job site. The more time you spend in rugged, sloped areas, the faster your undercarriage will wear out.

Maintenance discipline plays a big role in undercarriage component life. One of the most critical maintenance practices is track adjustment.

Tight track is the number-one track killer. But whether your track is too loose or too tight, improper adjustment accelerates wear which can increase downtime and repair costs. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for track adjustment, and always perform the adjustment in the machine's working environment. A second important maintenance process is cleaning the undercarriage. To maximize wear life, remove mud and debris at the end of every shift, or more frequently if necessary.

Talk to the experts: Undercarriage components are expensive!

To get long life and maximum value from your investment, consult with a dealer or factory rep that really knows the undercarriage business.

Ask for advice on operating techniques. Explore relevant application, material and terrain issues.

Fine-tune your maintenance processes. Working together with an undercarriage expert, you can manage your equipment investment over the long term.

3.50

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

CONTROLLABLE WEAR FACTORS TRACK CHAIN SAG NOTE: Overtightened track chains will significantly shorten bushing o.d. wear life.

H822C-I01

LIFT LEFT TRACK 860C-320

MEASURING TRACK SAG 1. Position attachment head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket. Refer to TRACK COMPONENTS – TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION for track chain tension adjustment procedure

2. Place the attachment on ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift track clear of ground. or, for Harvesters Use a jack of suitable design and capacity to safely lift the left track clear of the ground.

Refer to serial number plate for machine weight (less attachment).

Refer to ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER’S MANUAL for correct attachment weight information.

3. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

4. Turn OFF the engine.

5. Measure distance between top surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track frame.

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

SAG DIMENSION

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

6. This dimension should be between 4 – 6 in. for normal operations.

3.51

Lubrication and Maintenance TORQUE PROCEDURE, TRACK SHOE

Tigercat 875 Logger TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT

VALVE COUPLER FILL VALVE

860C-333

TORQUE PROCEDURE

• Incorrect bolt torque is the leading cause of shoe loosening • Torque + turn is the shoe bolts assembly method • Provides controlled stretch of the bolt (about 0.3 mm). It is the stretch that prevents the bolt from coming loose.

• Provides up to 25% more clamp load than straight torque • It is not influenced by friction/condition of mating components The method is also used on other critical joints such as sprockets and final drives. Refer to TORQUING UNDERCARRIAGE BOLTS in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

880-303

TRACK SAG FILL VALVE

845C-003

To tighten the track, attach the coupler onto the fill valve. Connect a grease gun to the grease fitting on the coupler. Add grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to TRACK COMPONENTS – MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits.

Remove the coupler and store in a safe place.

WARNING The grease is under very high pressure.

Removing the fill valve completely may cause the valve to blow out and cause bodily harm.

To loosen the track, slowly loosen the fill valve until grease begins to escape through the vent passage in the valve body housing. Grease will vent around the valve body threads. Remove grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits.

Refer to TRACK COMPONENTS – MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits.

NOTE: The track sag fill valve is not mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

3.52

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

TORQUE CHART LOCATION

THREAD DIAMETER

TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm lbf-in

Cylinder, Hoist, 140 mm (48083B and 57874B) Piston nut

M75

5830

7900

Cylinder end cap bolts

M17

270

367

Set screw, piston

M14

44

57

Piston nut

M80

9810

13300

Cylinder end cap bolts

M19

384

520

Set screw, piston

M14

44

57

7 1 /16" UN

500

678

Blue Loctite 5 /16" UNF

18

4 25

/8" UNF

110

149 3280

Cylinder, Stick, 150 mm (58686B)

Cylinder, Cab Tilt, 4" (5475B) Machined piston Steel plug Set screw, piston Cylinder, Roof, 2" (5475B) Piston nut

3

Cylinder, Tilt, Power Clam/B-n-T, 110 mm (52959B) Piston nut

M58

2420

Cylinder end cap bolts

M13

126

171

Set screw, piston

M10

23

31.5

1" UNC

682-750

925-1016

/8" UNC

500

678

M20

400

530

Bolt, Front bracket/mount to chassis

M24

675

915

Bolts, Rear bracket/mount to chassis

M24

675

915

Bolts, bracket to engine, front

M12

80

109

Bolts, bracket to engine, rear

M12

80

109

M10 (Blue Loctite)

34

46

M10

25

34

Cab, Mounting Bolts, Rear (6) 3 per side Swing bearing Swing bearing bolts

7

Swing gearbox mounting bolts Engine mounting - Tigercat NEF 6.7 Engine

Pump drive Drive plate to flywheel Pump mounting plate to bell housing Undercarriage Track shoe bolts (FH400) Roller mounting bolts

M24

T/T*

T/T*

1" UNC

680-750

925-1016

Sprocket bolts

M20 (Blue Loctite)

380

515

Gearbox mounting bolts

M20 (Blue Loctite)

380

515

M14 (Blue Loctite) /8" UNC (Blue Loctite)

55 170

75 230

Rotary manifold mounting bolts

M12 (Blue Loctite)

80

108

Rotary manifold mounting plate mounting bolts Counterweight Mounting Bolts

M12 (Blue Loctite) 11/2" UNC

80 750

108 1017

Drive motor mounting bolts Torque arm bolts, rotary manifold

5

*T/T represents Torque-turn. This is a method of torquing the track shoe bolts and is fully described in SECTION 11 of the Tigercat SERVICE MANUAL. Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the service manuals applicable to those major components.

875 TORQUE CHART.XLS

3.53

30

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS The torque values listed below are for Do not use these values if a different torque value or general use only tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL

GRADE 5 BOLTS

GRADE 8 BOLTS

IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS GRADE 8 BOLTS GRADE 5 BOLTS LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 8 - 10 11 - 13 20 - 28 27 - 38 33 - 36 45 - 49 52 - 57 71 - 77 80 - 88 109 - 119 115 - 127 156 - 172 159 - 175 216 - 237 282 - 310 393 - 420 455 - 501 617 - 679 682 - 750 925 - 1016 966 - 1062 1310 - 1441 1360 - 1496 1844 - 2027 LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 10 - 13 14 - 17 18 - 25 25 - 33 37 - 41 50 - 55 58 - 64 79 - 86 90 - 99 122 - 134 128 - 141 174 - 191 180 - 198 244 - 268 315 - 347 427 - 470 501 - 550 679 - 745 746 - 821 1012 - 1113 1083 - 1191 1469 - 1613 1509 - 1660 2046 - 2250

4.8

METRIC

4.8

4.8

8.8

9.8

10.9

8.8

9.8

10.9

8.8

9.8

10

5 5

12.9

12

10

12

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

CLASS 8.8 OR 9.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

12.9

12.9

12.9

10

10

CLASS 4.8 DRY LUBRICATED Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

12.9

10.9

10

5

SIZE

DRY LUBRICATED COARSE THREAD lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm 1/4" - 20 7- 8 10 - 11 8 - 10 11 - 13 5/16" - 18 14 - 18 19 - 24 10 - 15 13 - 20 3/8" - 16 31 - 34 42 - 46 23 - 25 31 - 34 7/16" - 14 49 - 54 66 - 73 37 - 41 50 - 55 1/2" - 13 75 - 83 102 - 112 57 - 63 77 - 85 9/16" - 12 109 - 120 148 - 162 82 - 90 111 - 122 5/8" - 11 150 - 165 204 - 223 113 - 124 152 - 168 3/4" - 10 266 - 293 360 - 397 200 - 220 271 - 298 7/8" - 9 394 - 433 535 - 586 296 - 326 402 - 441 1" - 8 591 - 649 802 - 879 443 - 489 601 - 663 1 1/8" - 7 794 - 873 1077 - 1183 596 - 656 808 - 889 1 1/4" - 7 1120 - 1232 1519 - 1670 840 - 924 1139 - 1252 FINE DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 1/4" - 28 9 - 10 12 - 13 9 - 10 12 - 13 5/16" - 24 17 - 22 23 - 29 16 - 20 21 - 27 3/8" - 24 35 - 39 48 - 53 26 - 29 35 - 39 7/16" - 20 55 - 61 75 - 83 41 - 45 56 - 61 1/2" - 20 85 - 94 116 - 127 64 - 70 87 - 95 9/16" - 18 121 - 133 164 - 180 91 - 100 124 - 135 5/8" - 18 170 - 187 231 - 253 128 - 141 174 - 191 3/4" - 16 297 - 327 403 - 443 223 - 245 303 - 332 7/8" - 14 434 - 477 589 - 646 326 - 359 442 - 486 1" - 12 646 - 711 876 - 965 484 - 534 657 - 724 1 1/8" - 12 891 - 980 1208 - 1328 668 - 735 906 - 996 1 1/4" - 12 1240 - 1364 1682 - 1849 931 - 1024 1262 - 1387

12

DRY lbf-ft Nm 11 - 12 15 - 16 26 - 30 35 - 40 44 -48 60 - 65 70 - 77 95 - 104 106 - 117 144 - 158 153 - 168 208 - 228 212 - 233 288 - 316 376 - 414 510 - 561 606 - 667 822 - 904 909 - 1000 1233 - 1355 1288 - 1417 1746 - 1921 1817 - 1999 2464 - 2710 DRY lbf-ft Nm 13 - 14 18 - 19 23 - 28 31 - 38 49 - 54 67 - 73 78 - 86 106 - 116 120 - 132 163 - 179 171 - 188 232 - 255 240 - 264 326 - 358 420 - 462 570 - 626 668 - 735 906 - 996 995 - 1096 1359 - 1486 1445 - 1590 1960 - 2155 2012 - 2213 2728 - 2997

10

COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 14 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

CLASS 10.9 DRY LUBRICATED Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

M6 M8 M10

4.8 12.0 23.0

3.5 8.5 17.0

6.0 15.0 29.0

4.5 11.0 21.0

9.0 22.0 43.0

6.5 16.0 32.0

11.0 28.0 55.0

8.5 20.0 40.0

13.0 32.0 63.0

9.5 24.0 47.0

17.0 40.0 80.0

12.0 30.0 60.0

15.0 37.0 75.0

11.5 28.0 55.0

19.0 47.0 95.0

14.5 35.0 70.0

M12 M14 M16

40.0 63.0 100.0

29.0 47.0 73.0

50.0 80.0 125.0

37.0 60.0 92.0

75.0 120.0 190.0

55.0 88.0 140.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

70.0 110.0 175.0

110.0 175.0 275.0

80.0 130.0 200.0

140.0 225.0 350.0

105.0 165.0 225.0

130.0 205.0 320.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

165.0 260.0 400.0

120.0 190.0 300.0

M18 M20 M22

135.0 190.0 260.0

100.0 140.0 190.0

175.0 240.0 330.0

125.0 180.0 250.0

260.0 375.0 510.0

195.0 275.0 375.0

330.0 475.0 650.0

250.0 350.0 475.0

375.0 530.0 725.0

275.0 400.0 540.0

475.0 675.0 925.0

350.0 500.0 675.0

440.0 625.0 850.0

325.0 560.0 460.0 800.0 625.0 1,075.0

410.0 580.0 800.0

M24 M27 M30

330.0 490.0 675.0

250.0 360.0 490.0

425.0 625.0 850.0

310.0 650.0 450.0 950.0 625.0 1,300.0

M33 900.0 M36 1,150.0

475.0 825.0 600.0 925.0 675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,075.0 800.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 700.0 1,200.0 875.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 1,700.0 1,250.0 1,600.0 1,150.0 2,000.0 1,500.0 950.0 1,650.0 1,200.0 1,850.0 1,350.0 2,300.0 1,700.0 2,150.0 1,600.0 2,700.0 2,000.0

675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,750.0 1,300.0 2,200.0 1,650.0 2,500.0 1,850.0 3,150.0 2,350.0 2,900.0 2,150.0 3,700.0 2,750.0 850.0 1,450.0 1,075.0 2,250.0 1,650.0 2,850.0 2,100.0 3,200.0 2,350.0 4,050.0 3,000.0 3,750.0 2,750.0 4,750.0 3,500.0

TORQUECHARTGENERAL.XLS

3.54

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

EATON Aeroquip

Assembly Torque

Recommended Parallel Connection Assembly torque

Eaton recommends that a Torque wrench be used to assure proper fitting assembly of these connections.

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss Low Pressure with 37º (SAEJ514)

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss High Pressure with ORS (J1453)

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32

The values listed are for steel connections. Contact Teaton for torque values for other materials.

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-9 12-13 13-15 18-20 14-15 19-21 23-24 32-33 40-43 55-57 43-48 59-64 68-75 93-101 83-90 113-122 112-123 152-166 146-161 198-218 154-170 209-230 218-240 296-325

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24

ORS

Dash Size -04 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-10 11-16 14-16 20-22 18-20 24-27 24-26 33-35 50-60 68-78 72-80 98-110 125-135 170-183 160-180 215-245 200-220 270-300 210-280 285-380 270-360 370-490

SAE 37º (JIC) Thread Size (inches) 9/16-18 11/16-20 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

10-12 18-20 32-35 46-50 65-70 92-100 125-140 150-165

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 14-16 24-27 43-47 62-68 88-95 125-136 170-190 204-224

Dash Size -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24 -32

Metric Thread Size mm M10x1 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2

Thread Size (inches) 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

11-12 15-16 18-20 38-42 57-62 79-87 108-113 127-133 158-167 245-258

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 15-16 20-22 24-28 52-58 77-85 108-119 148-154 173-182 216-227 334-352

BSPP Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 13-15 18-20 15-19 20-25 19-23 25-30 33-40 45-55 37-44 50-60 52-66 70-90 55-70 75-95 81-96 110-130 96-111 130-150 162-184 220-250 170-192 230-260 258-347 350-470

Nominal Thread Size Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque inches** lb.-ft.

Newton Meters G1/8-28 13-15 18-20 G1/4-19 19-23 25-30 G3/8-19 33-40 45-55 G1/2-14 55-70 75-95 G3/4-14 103-118 140-160 G1-11 162-184 220-250 G1 1/4-11 170-192 230-260 G1 1/2-11 258-347 350-470 ** "G" denotes parallel threads, other than ISO 6149 (Port connection only)

Eaton Aeroquip Fluid Conveyance Products A-HOOV-MC001-E January 2005

3.55

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

Parker

Assembly Torque The four-bolt port is simply a circular opening (flow passage) surrounded by four tapped holes in a certain pattern for acceptance of the flange clamping bolts. The flat surface of the port compresses the O-ring contained in the groove in the flange head when the clamp bolts are torqued.

In some instances, the groove is in the port and not in the flange head. The bolts, through the clamp halves, clamp down the flange head on to the flat surface of the port compressing and trapping the O-ring in the groove and leaving no gap for it to extrude under pressure. The hydraulic pressure is thus sealed by the compressed O-ring as long as the bolts are tightened enough to maintain solid metal to metal contact between the flange head at the outside diameter of the O-ring and the top of the port.

The 4-Bolt Split Flange consists of four main components: • A body (flange head) • An O-ring • One captive or two split flange clamps

• Four bolts and washer

WASHERS BOLTS

Flange Port Assembly The steps to properly assemble the flange port clamping bolts are:

FLANGE CLAMP

FLANGE HEAD

1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of burrs, nicks, scratches or any foreign particles.

O-RING

2. Lubricate the O-ring.

3. Position flange and clamp halves.

TAPPED HOLES

4. Place lock washers on bolts and insert through clamp halves.

5. Hand tighten bolts.

6. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence (see Fig. T9) in small increments to the appropriate torque level listed in Table T6 or Table T7 on this page.

FLANGE.JPG

Fig. T8 - 4 Bolt Split Flange Components

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32 40 48 56 64 80

1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11

17 +/- 2 25 +/- 3.5 31 +/- 4.5 41 +/- 5 52 +/- 6 60 +/- 6 85 +/- 9 144 +/- 15 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8

M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16

25 49 49 85 85 135 95 220 220 220 220

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T6 - Code 61 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

FLANGE2.JPG

Fig. T9 - Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2

5/16-18 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10

17 +/- 2 30 +/- 4.5 46 +/- 4.5 69 +/- 6 125 +/- 8 208 +/- 20

M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20

25 49 85 135 210 425

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T7 - Code 62 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

3.56

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

Parker

Assembly Torque

JIC 37 Degree Flare SAE Dash Size

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NPTF

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12 3-12

NA NA 2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 2 2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

1/8-27 NA 1/4-18 NA 3/8-18 1/2-14 7/8-14 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/2-11 1/2 2-11 1/2 NA

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NA NA 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

BSPT

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

NA NA 9/16-18 NA 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 NA 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

O'ring Face Seal / Seal-Lok SAE Dash Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 1/2 TO 3/4 NA 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/3 TO 1/2 NA 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 NA NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Thread Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

1/8-28 NA 1/4-19 NA 3/8-19 1/2-14 NA 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1 1/4-11 1 1/2-11 2-11 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

SAE J1926 Straight Thread Port Assembly Torques ASSEMBLY TORQUE = 10 % -0 SAE DASH SIZE

2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 32

THREAD SIZE

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

N •m

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf•ft N •m (lbf•in)

20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

(85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

SEAL-LOK lbf•ft (lbf•in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

PLUGS

ADJUSTABLE

NON-ADJUSTABLE

10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

SEAL-LOK lbf•ft (lbf•in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

3.57

N •m 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf•ft N •m (lbf•in) (60) (100) (180) (250) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

7 11 20 28 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

HOLLOW HEX HP5ON-S lbf•ft (lbf•in) (30) (55) (120) (170) (410) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

N •m 3.5 6 13.5 19 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

HEX HEAD P5ON-S lbf•ft (lbf•in) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

N •m 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Tigercat Industries Inc.

FINAL ASSEMBLY REPORT

FAR10413

PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 875

REV No. DATE ECN No. 0 08/21/2013 A23991 Lubrication and Maintenance 1 02/02/2015 A28577

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION ENG. First release F.RINALDIS Tigercat Logger Added info for Linde att. pump & pulpwood/dangle grap.875 F.RINALDIS

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE (Check appropriate box) Mult-Weight Oil 60° (140° F) Summer Oil 60° (140° F)

Winter Oil Spec.

ENGINE rpm - FPT High Idle, no load maximum Low idle, no load Rated working PILOT SUPPLY Pilot supply pressure; low idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, swing with brake on

43° (110° F) Actual

rpm

2200 rpm 950 rpm 2200 rpm

High Low

34 bar (500 psi) 34 bar (500 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low High High

MAIN PUMP 2200 rpm Anti-Stall set Point 34 bar (500 psi) Stand-by Pressure, Max with Pilot OFF Margin pressure (option 1) bar (psi) To set Margin Pressure (option 1): Set head tilt or heel cyl extend speed to 25 sec, pressure to 137 bar (2,000 psi) Margin pressure (option 2) 280 psi To set Margin Pressure (option 2): Set drive speed switch to low, lift one track in the air and run at full speed.

MAIN VALVE Main Relief Non - Adjustable 314 bar (4550 psi) Load sense relief (measured at 'P' port) 338 bar (4900 psi) Hoist port reliefs Cracking Pressure 338 bar (4900 psi) Stick port reliefs Cracking Pressure 220 bar (3200 psi) Tilt base end port relief - POWER CLAM / B-n-T Cracking Pressure 338 bar (4900 psi) Tilt rod end port relief - POWER CLAM / B-n-T Cracking Pressure 338 bar (4900 psi) Heel port reliefs - LIVE HEEL Cracking Pressure 262 bar (3800 psi*) Grapple Jaw port reliefs - LIVE HEEL Cracking Pressure 241 bar (3500 psi*) Grapple Jaw pressure cut off - LIVE HEEL Cracking Pressure 79 bar (1150 psi*) Grapple Rotate port reliefs - LIVE HEEL Cracking Pressure 338 bar (4900 psi) Pump 2 port relief - HARVESTER Cracking Pressure 138 bar (2000 psi) Warm up port relief - HARVESTER Cracking Pressure 79 bar (1150 psi*) Head Rotate port reliefs - HARVESTER Cracking Pressure 262 bar (3800 psi*) Grapple Jaw port reliefs - PULPWOOD/DANGLE Cracking Pressure 79 bar (1150 psi*) Grapple Rotate port reliefs-PULPWOOD/DANGLE Cracking Pressure * ATTACHMENT DEPENDENT FINAL DRIVE L.H. Final Drive Crossline relief Motor Start of regulation

Rexroth - 3600 psi @ P

Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

(Rexroth Motors)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

Page 1 of 5

3.58

High Low High High

High Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low

345 bar (5000 psi) Y1 55 - 69 bar Y1 800 - 1000 psi 34 bar (500 psi)

Low

14 rpm MAX. 28 rpm MAX.

High High

Low Low

Tigercat Industries Inc. REV No. DATE 0 08/21/2013 Tigercat 87502/02/2015 Logger 1

FINAL ASSEMBLY REPORT PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 875

ECN No. A23991 A28577

FAR10413

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION ENG. First release F.RINALDIS Lubrication and Maintenance Added info for Linde att. pump & pulpwood/dangle grap. F.RINALDIS

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE R.H. Final Drive Crossline relief Motor Start of regulation

(Check appropriate box) 345 bar (5000 psi) Y1 55 - 69 bar Y1 800 - 1000 psi 34 bar (500 psi)

Low

14 rpm MAX. 28 rpm MAX.

High High

SWING Speed **Do not adjust pump stroke limiters** Charge Pump relief (measured at 'G' port) Swing Pump POR (measured at 'MA' or "MB' port) Crossline reliefs- Pump (measured at 'MA' and 'MB' ports)

8.0 rpm 27.5 bar (400 psi) 269 bar (3900 psi) 338 bar (4900 psi)

High Low High Low

ATTACHMENT PUMP - WB & CWS POWER CLAM / B-n-T Pressure override Stand-by Pressure

255 bar (3700 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low

ATTACHMENT PUMP - ROTOBEC B-n-T Pressure override LS low pressure Stand-by Pressure

276 bar (4000 psi) 138 bar (2000 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low Low

ATTACHMENT PUMP - LIVE HEEL / PULPWOOD / DANGLE Pressure override Stand-by Pressure

255 bar (3700 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low

ATTACHMENT PUMP - HARVESTER Pressure override Stand-by Pressure

269 bar (3900 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low

Rexroth - 3600 psi @ P

Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

Low - FH400 High - FH400

(Rexroth Motors)

(measure using jaws open)

ATTACHMENT PUMP DISPLACEMENT - ALL Displacement KAWASAKI Displacement LINDE Note : Maximum displacement is the point where the max displacement screw loses contact with the actuator.

PUMP 1 CONTROL VALVE - HARVESTER ONLY Main relief

(Screw in Fully)

Page 2 of 5

3.59

Low Low

1 turn in from Max 1/4 turn in from Max

338+ bar (4900+ psi)

Low

Tigercat Industries Inc.

FINAL ASSEMBLY REPORT PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 875

REV No. DATE ECN No. 0 08/21/2013 A23991 Lubrication and Maintenance 1 02/02/2015 A28577

FAR10413

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION ENG. First release F.RINALDIS Tigercat Logger Added info for Linde att. pump & pulpwood/dangle grap.875 F.RINALDIS

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE (Check appropriate box) WELDCO BEALES POWER CLAM / B-n-T ATTACHMENT VALVE IN HEAD Main relief (Measured @ 'M' on grapple) Grapple Jaws Open/ Close port reliefs (Measured @ 'M' on grapple) LH Outrigger Up/ Down port reliefs (Measured @ 'M' on grapple) RH Outrigger Up/ Down port reliefs (Measured @ 'M' on grapple) Rotate Left/ Right crossline reliefs (Measured @ 'MA & MB") Rotate Left/ Right feed reducers (Measured @ 'MA & MB")

269bar (3900 psi) 320 bar (4640 psi) 280 bar (4060 psi) 280 bar (4060 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi) 172 bar (2500 psi)

High High High High High High

CWS POWER CLAM / B-n-T ATTACHMENT VALVE IN HEAD Main relief (Measured @ 'M' on grapple) Grapple Jaws Open/ Close port reliefs (Measured @ 'M' on grapple) LH Outrigger Up/ Down port reliefs (Measured @ 'M' on grapple) RH Outrigger Up/ Down port reliefs (Measured @ 'M' on grapple) Rotate Left/ Right port reliefs (Measured @ 'MA & MB") Rotate Left/ Right crossline reliefs (Measured @ 'MA & MB") Rotate Left/ Right feed reducers (Measured @ 'MA & MB")

293 bar (4250 psi) 321 bar (4650 psi) 321 bar (4650 psi) 321 bar (4650 psi) 241 bar (3500 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi) 172 bar (2500 psi)

High High High High High High High

ROTOBEC POWER CLAM / B-n-T ATTACHMENT VALVE IN HEAD (VOS) Main relief (Measured @ 'PG' on grapple) Grapple Jaws Open port relief (Measured @ 'PG' on grapple) Grapple Jaws Close port relief (Measured @ 'PG' on grapple) LH/RH Outrigger Up port reliefs (Measured @ 'PG' on grapple) LH/RH Outrigger Down port reliefs (Measured @ 'PG' on grapple) Rotate Left/ Right crossline reliefs (Measured @ 'G & G')

310 bar (4500 psi) 160 bar (2320 psi) 345 bar (5000 psi) 160 bar (2320 psi) 345 bar (5000 psi) 152 bar (2200 psi)

High High High High High High

FAN CIRCUIT (No adjustments, just record values) Max speed (Measured on IQAN fan full ON) DOOR/ROOF/CAB TILT PUMP Main Relief Cab Tilt Base End Port Relief Cab Tilt Base End Counterbalance Cab Tilt Rod End Counterbalance

High 207 bar (3000 psi) 103 bar (1500 psi) 69 bar (1000 psi) 241 bar (3500 psi)

NOTE: All hydraulic settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating tempertures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet.

Comments

Page 3 of 5

3.60

REV No. 0 1

DATE 08/21/2013 02/02/2015

PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 875

ECN No. A23991 A28577

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION ENG. First release F.RINALDIS Added info for Linde att. pump & pulpwood/dangle grap. F.RINALDIS

Tigercat 875 Logger HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE

Lubrication and Maintenance (Check appropriate box) PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS

BOOM SPEED SETTINGS UP DOWN Stick Boom Cylinder OUT IN

Time w/Head

Time No Head

0.822" 0.751"

Spool stop screw protrusion Spool stop screw protrusion

0.806" 0.779"

Spool stop screw protrusion Spool stop screw protrusion

Head Tilt Cylinder - POWER CLAM / B-n-T FORWARD 2 turns BACKWARD 2 turns

3.0 sec 3.0 sec

3.0 sec 3.0 sec

Turns in from MAX OR Time Turns in from MAX OR Time

Heel Cylinder - LIVE HEEL FORWARD BACKWARD

4.0 sec 4.0 sec

4.0 sec 4.0 sec

Turns in from MAX OR Time Turns in from MAX OR Time

2 turns 2 turns

TYPICAL POWER CLAM / B-n-T SPEED SETTINGS Grapple Close Grapple Open

1.8 sec 1.8 sec

LH Outrigger Down 1.8 sec LH Outrigger Up 1.8 sec LH Outrigger Down 1.8 sec LH Outrigger Up 1.8 sec Rotate Left Rotate Right

10 rpm 10 rpm

TYPICAL HEEL / DANGLE GRAPPLE SPEED SETTINGS Grapple Close Grapple Open Rotate Left Rotate Right

1.8 sec 1.8 sec 30 rpm 30 rpm

TYPICAL PULPWOOD GRAPPLE SPEED SETTINGS Grapple Close Grapple Open Rotate Left Rotate Right

2.0 sec 2.0 Sec 20 rpm 20 rpm

NOTE: All settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating tempertures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet - Engine rpm at HIGH. Page 4 of 5

3.61

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

Tigercat wire colour code chart applicable to all products manufactured by Tigercat Industries Inc. COLOUR Red Black White Blue Purple

FUNCTION EXAMPLE Power........................................ (fused and unfused) Ground Engine control........................... (fuel shut-off, start aid) Propulsion control...................... (transmission/reverser solenoids) Monitor, electrical and mechanical systems.................. (air cleaner, alternator, wheel speed, engine speed) Tan Electrical and electromechanical control.......... (park brake, alternator excitation)

(power door motor, backup alarm) Yellow Sensors..................................... (flow, pressure, temperature, level) Grey Standard monitor system.......... (logic module to monitor) Brown Lights Green Electro-hydraulic control............ (pilot solenoids) Orange Accessories............................... (horn, A/C, heater)

To Convert

Into

COMMON CONVERSIONS Multiply By

To Convert .............Into ................ Multiply By

bar .................................. psi ....................... 14.5 cm3 .................................. in3 ........................ 0.06102 °C ...................................°F ......................... (°C x 9/5) + 32 kg .................................... lb ......................... 2.205 kW .................................. hp........................ 1.341 L ...................................... US gal ................. 0.2642 mm .................................. in ......................... 0.03937 N • m ................................ lbf - ft .................... 0.7375 N ..................................... lbf ........................ 0.22481

in3 .................................... cm3 ..................... 16.39 °F .................................... °C ....................... (°F - 32)/1.8 US gal ............................. L .......................... 3.785 hp ................................... kW ...................... 0.7457 in ..................................... mm ..................... 25.4 lb ..................................... kg ........................ 0.4535 lbf - ft ................................ Nm ..................... 1.356 psi ................................... bar ...................... 0.06896 in Hg ............................... psi ....................... 0.4912 in H2O ............................. psi ....................... 0.03613 lb ..................................... N ......................... 4.4482

3.62

Tigercat 875 Logger

Lubrication and Maintenance

Weights of Commercial Wood

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Alder, Red Ash, White Aspen, Quaking Bald Cypress Basswood, American Beech, American Birch, Paper Birch, Yellow Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Incense Cedar, Northern White Cedar, Port-Orford Cedar, Western Red Cherry, Black Cottonwood, Eastern Douglas Fir, Coast Douglas Fir, Inland North Elm, American Fir, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir, Nobel Fir, Red Fir, Silver Fir, White Gum, Black Gum, Blue Gum, Red Gum, Tupelo Hemlock, Eastern Hemlock, Western Hickory, Pecan Hickory, True Larch, Western Locust, Black Magnolia, Cucumber

737 769 689 817 673 865 801 929 577 721 449 897 433 721 785 881 577 865 449 721 481 769 577 753 721 1121 801 897 801 657 993 1009 769 929 785

46 48 43 51 42 54 50 58 36 45 28 36 57 45 49 55 36 54 28 45 30 48 36 47 45 70 50 56 50 41 62 63 48 58 49

Maple, Big Leaf Maple, Black Maple, Red Maple, Silver Maple, Sugar Oak, Black Oak, Chestnut Oak, Red Oak, Red, Swamp Oak, Swamp Chestnut Oak, White Oak, White, Swamp Pine, Jack Pine, Loblolly Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Long Leaf Pine, Norway, Red Pine, Short Leaf Pine, Slash Pine, Sugar Pine, Western Yellow Pine, White-Western Pine, White-Eastern Poplar, Yellow Redwood Spruce, Black Spruce, Engleman Spruce, Red Spruce, Sitka Spruce, White Sweetgum Sycamore, American Tamarack Walnut, Black Willow, Black

753 865 801 721 897 1009 977 1009 1073 1041 993 1105 801 993 625 993 673 993 993 817 721 561 577 609 801 513 625 545 529 545 801 833 753 929 801

47 54 50 45 56 63 61 63 67 65 62 69 50 62 39 62 42 62 62 51 45 35 36 38 50 32 39 34 33 34 50 52 47 58 50

NOTE: The values shown here are green weights.

3.63

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 875 Logger

3.64